The URL can be used to link to this page

LIFT STATIONS NO 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS - 15-0038-UT CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEALi I BAY To BFACI-I CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Project: Lift Station 7_& 8 Improvements Contract Number; 15-0038-UT Location:—Lift Station 7 and Lift Station 8 Contract Date: 2/15/17 Notice to Proceed Date: 10/9/17 Substantial Completion Date: 6/27/18 Warranty Expiration Date: 6127/19 Consultant:. AECOM Technical Services, Inc. The work performed under this Contract(includes, but is not limited to: concrete, piping,valves, lighting, pumps, gauges, RTU,radio, SCADA signals,bypass pumping, installation of new control panels, and sodding; with one ODP for a piece of equipment)has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner, Contractor, and Consultant, and the Project, as indicated above, is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the Owner can use the work, or portion thereqj,'for its intended use. Items that affect operational integrity and function of the work must be capable of continuous Ilse. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected, in the substantially complete portion of the project described above, is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractors to complete all the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated, I % / 4- JOETC 6-R f echnical S ry ces, Inc. Print Name qfA uthorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion of the outlined project area and agrees to complete correct theJ1.ejns on the tentative list within the time indicated. x By: _.,__JWA?6&72S 0 Hinter! d"ne. Print Name'of Authorized Representative Date The Owner ac epts this specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume full possessio of e specifi d are o he Project on June 27, 2018. The responsibility for utilities, security, ontr and insur e Cocuments shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents. X y ` City of C e rw ter Print Nance of'Aitthorized Representative ate f PROJECT PUNCH LIST A punch list of items to be completed or corrected by Sept, 27, 2018, is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractors to complete all the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section iii, 13.5 WARI4ANTYlCORRECTION PERIOD If within rine year after the date of Substantial Completion or such logger period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Fork is found to be defective, Contractor shallpromptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i)correct such defective Work or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, reprove it frons the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and(ii)satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom... )Hiere defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Wot 1r will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Substantial Completion Date; 6/27118 Warranty Expiration Date. 6/27/19 A copy of this signed and executed document should be provided to the following parties: City Owner Representative Consultant Contractor City Engineering Construction Office Specialist Project Nile PUNCH LIST LS N7 Project Name: Lift Stations #7 & 8 Improvements (15-0038-UT) Contractor: Hinterland Group Walkthrough Date: August 8, 2018 Punch list Completion Due Date: August 22, 2018 Date Inspected No. Description Signed By � O I Generator start/stop emergency button—relocate up on electrical platform. Iced button broken —replace. 2 Paint valve boxes in concrete pad and driveway. 3 Remove project sign. 4 Paint air release valve, drain PVC pipe in green. 5 Paint water pipe in blue. 6 Install sod. 7 Chipped corner of top slab of valve vault. 8 Diesel pump not connected to SCADA. 9 Vacuum gauge—tough up paint around connection to DI pipe. 10 Pull box for diesel pump transducer/floats —install screw caps on top of box supports. 11 All three pressure gauges in valve vault not reading properly. 12 Clean valve vault. 13 Check valve vault—rubber gasket on lid coming off. 14 Dollard—not installed per plans. Either relocate or install two new ones. 15 Alarm horn did not come off when power terminated at emergency disconnect. 16 Drill a new hole at top of emergency disconnect so it can be locked in open position. :117Final cleanup of site. I Item No.1 item No.2 t F : r a i Item No.4 Item No.5 r�„ t . r h r 8 Item No.7 item No.9 Wit, E : r � - t Yy i yy S 415� 2 Item No.10 Item No.11 & 12 ' 1 x p, t + 4 { Item No,13 Item No.14 t s �a f t � } Item No.16 u� { 3 PUNCH LIST LS #8 Project Name: Lift Stations #7 & 8 Improvements (15-0038-UT) Contractor: Hinterland Group Wallithrough Date: August 8, 2018 Punch list Completion Due Date: August 22, 2018 Date Inspected No. Description Signed By Off I Dead bushes around wet well and valve vault to be removed. Install sod. 2 Back of station —sod up to low bushes. 3 Install sod all bare spots. 4 Paint all valve boxes in green. 5 Fix broken sprinklers marked with purple flags and repair broken irrigation pipe. 6 Remove project sign. City will provide irrigation controller. Contractor to install it on 7 platform and connect to power source in control panel. City will run power from irrigation controller to different solenoid valves. Contractor to coordinate with City Parks Depa tment. 8 Replace broken wet well hatch lock. 9 Smooth and clean grout around lift hooks on wet well top slab and valve vault. 10 One pressure gauge in valve vault not reading pressure. 11 Drill a new hole at top of emergency disconnect so it can be locked in open position. 12 Light fixture in control panel —rotate at 180-degrees so power button is not over high voltage components. 13 Control panel door—adjust locks. Difficult to close. 14 Seal vertical pipe with sticking out conduits near SCADA antenna. 15 Final cleanup of site. - f YX 7� G ��"�� + d `. '✓ $ � �,.. .� ' -��✓✓x`x x r;s�+,✓,�A s A� ,r r Y, �r+fP VL Fd 'Al Yxa !✓��.zt ✓."x,rrr�� rtri�l✓a�r.�p�� ,�ar1s ;- ifF'�, ,E' ,< ;x;f t`',s :,:✓1 + r } r✓ r`, `°`x'<,r�t'`kk ,d�t ` z e 4 tt �✓a� t `" . 1 1 t ILry yrs. d r. f Item No. !4 s ^ 7-MA �. /d a SECTION I SECTION II SECTION III SECTION IIIa SECTION IV SECTION IVa APPENDIX SECTION V City of Clearwater, Florida LIFT STATIONS # 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT No. 15- 0038 -UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ODP DOCUMENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 0111111/1/, 0P .V. HqNP • 73 Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1* 1 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Lift Stations 7 & 8 Improvements Project Documents and plans for project #15- 0038 -UT are available at www .myclearwater.com /cityprojects. The work includes, but is not limited to: concrete, piping, valves, lighting, pumps, and installation of new control panels. Pumps may be Owner Direct Purchase. MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference: September 13, 2016 at 10:00 A.M. @ Municipal Services Building, 100 S. Myrtle Ave. 1st Floor Conference Room #130. Clearwater, FL 33756 Pre - qualification DEADLINE: September 21, 2016 Category: Sanitary Pump Station for $300,000. Bids DUE: October 5, 2016, 11:00 A.M. City of Clearwater, Project #15- 0038 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756 -5520 Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager 727 -562 -4633 SECTION 1 Page 1 Updated 8/30/2016 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II i Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www .myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www. myclearwater. com/ gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin/Construction /prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre -bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 N SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal /Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal /Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1•• 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders to three), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION!! Page 6 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction - related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction - related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 I ITable of Contents: I° 1 1 1 1 1 N SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE 10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III I Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III II Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 • • 1 1 1 1 1 I. 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 (a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1• 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person Project A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS . The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. I 41111 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 1 Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and ' payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as ' Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract U Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. ' 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- , contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self - insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance ' on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: 1 The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 1 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products /completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. 1 SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non - owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability /Malpractice /Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment — Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 1. The Description (of Operations /LocationsNehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non - renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non - contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3 -1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start -up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable obj ection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in- kind" within forty -eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in- kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 101 1 SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Layer Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22. height of .010 times the plot scale. SECTION III height of .008 5 °, and a text Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail address Thomas.Mahony @myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor - provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor 111 of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a 1 reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award ' against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with ' the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. Ij) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the . notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 1 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. ' The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with ' the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be 1 identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and 1 responsibility in respect of such coordination. • SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 • SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • I 1 SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 • SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • • SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael. Pryor(&,myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by I the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer /Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner- purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1° 1 SECTION III — General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non - payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and /or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non - conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and /or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager /City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 6' <PROJECT NAME> < CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT N CONTRACTOR• 1 COMPLETION DATE. FUNDING. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: FIFUL• BAY TO BEACH 2' minimum height 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1, SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid /Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 P 1 1 1 1 V 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION la SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 24 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing, manufacturer's checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion: a. Final application for payment and final acceptance. 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 210 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning. Lift Stations # 7 8 8 Improvements Section llla - 1 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary General Conditions In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work and materials, the Work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. ARTICLE 9 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below. Khang Nguyen City of Clearwater Engineering 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727 - 562 -4749 Fax: 727 - 562 -4755 Email: khang.nguyen @myclearwater.com END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Section Ilia - 2 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary General Conditions 1 1 J 1 1 1 tb SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 2 102 -1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 102 -2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103 -1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO /VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105 -1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105 -2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO /VIDEO RECORDING 3 105 -3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105 -4. EQUIPMENT 4 105 -5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105 -6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105 -7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105 -8. LIGHTING 4 105 -9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 5 105 -10. VIDEO LOG /INDEX 5 105 -11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105 -12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107 -1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107 -2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 6 107 -3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107 -4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107 -5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 8 107 -6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107 -7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108 -1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108 -2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 9 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109 -1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109 -2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109 -3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 10 SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109 -4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109 -5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109 -6. POSTING 10 109 -7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203 -1. GENERAL 12 203 -2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207 -1. GENERAL 14 207 -2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207 -3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207 -4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207 -5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207 -6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207 -7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207 -8. MAINTENANCE 15 207 -9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208 -1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208 -2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208 -3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208 -4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208 -5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208 -6. RIP -RAP 17 208 -7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302 -1. EXCAVATION 18 302 -2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 A 1 1 1 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 303 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304 -1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304 -2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401 -1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401 -2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401 -3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401 -4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401 -5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401 -6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403 -1. MATERIALS 24 403 -2. INSTALLATION 24 403 -3. TESTING 25 403 -4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404 -1. INTENT 26 404 -2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404 -3. MATERIALS 26 404 -4. CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404 -5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404 -6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404 -7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404 -8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404 -9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405 -1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405 -2. PAYMENT 30 405 -3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405 -4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405 -5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405 -6. GROUTING MIX 32 405 -7. LINER MIX 32 405 -8. WATER 33 405 -9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405 -10. EQUIPMENT 33 405 -11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405 -12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502 -1. GENERAL 41 502 -2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502 -3. GATE VALVES 43 1 502 -4. VALVE BOXES 44 502 -5. HYDRANTS 44 502 -6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 0 502 -7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502 -8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502 -9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 Il 502 -10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503 -1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503 -2. PIPE LAYING 47 503 -3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503 -4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 III 504 -1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504 -2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505 -1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505 -2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505 -3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505 -4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505 -5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506 -1. GENERAL 51 506 -2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506 -3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506 -4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506 -5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 r SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603 -1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604 -1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604 -2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604 -3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605 -1. MATERIAL 57 605 -2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702 -1. BASE 60 702 -2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703 -1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703 -2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703 -3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703 -4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703 -5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703 -6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703 -7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703 -8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707 -1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707 -2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707 -3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707 -4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707 -5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708 -1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708 -2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708 -3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 708 -4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708 -5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708 -6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708 -7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708 -8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902 -1. IRRIGATION 74 902 -2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 904. SEEDING 99 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905 -1. SCOPE 99 905 -2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905 -3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910 -1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910 -2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910 -3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 J i 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 r SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Project Number: 15- 0038 -UT Scope of Work: The following work will be performed at Lift Station # 7: replacement of the existing discharge piping in the wet well and valve vault, replacement of the valves in the valve vault; new lighting in the pump station area; installation of a new control panel, installation of a new standby diesel pump and controls. Relocate the existing RTU and radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet to a new cabinet located next to the proposed control panel. Provide monitoring signals to the existing SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the work. Sod disturbed area. The standby diesel pump will be Owner Direct Purchase (ODP). Upon contract reward, Contractor shall complete the Request to Requisition Form and follow the ODP Instructions located in the Appendix of these Contract Documents. The following work will be performed at Lift Station # 8: removal of the existing pumps and discharge piping, removal of existing top slab, pouring of a new concrete slab and installation of new access hatches, lining the existing wet well, installation of new pumps, discharge piping and pressure gauges; replacement of the valves in the valve vault; new lighting in the pump station area; installation of a new control panel on a elevated platform. Relocate the existing RTU and radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet to a new cabinet located next to the proposed control panel. Provide monitoring signals to the existing SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the work. Sod disturbed area. The Contractor shall provide 1 Fixed project signs at each lift station site as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. ODP Items to be included in the Contract Document: 1. Standby Godwin diesel pump for LS 7. Contract Period: _210_ Consecutive Calendar Days SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102 -1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102 -1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102 -1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102 -2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V 1 M SECTION IV — Technical Specifications For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103 -1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105 -1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre - construction conditions. 105 -2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105 -3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio /video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre - construction color audio /video recording documentation. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 105 -4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio /video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio /video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105 -5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105 -6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105 -7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105 -8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 I i M SECTION IV — Technical Specifications properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105 -9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. 105 -10. VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105 -11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105 -12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107 -1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107 -2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and /or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and /or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107 -2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and /or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102 -5 Traffic Control, 102 -5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107 -3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107 -3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 107 - 3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107 -3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107 - 3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107 -3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107 - 3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107 -3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107 - 3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562 -4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 107 -5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 107 -6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107 -7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and /or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty -four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty -four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108 -1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108 -2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109 -1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109 -2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications http: / /www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109 -3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109 -5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109 -6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109 -7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6 ") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203 -1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry ". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203 -2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203 -2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62- 621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site - specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field- inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 140 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14) 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6 ") x three inch (3 ") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4 ") x two inch (2 ") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207 -1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E &SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207 -2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207 -3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207 -4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207 -5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E &SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207 -6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207 -7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207 -8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207 -9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and /or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208 -1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208 -2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208 -3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208 -5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208 -6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208 -7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty - eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3 ") to five inches (5 "), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302 -1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6 ") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302 -2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 304. BACKFILL 304 -1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3 ") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A -1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8 ") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12 ") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in -place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty -eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304 -2. TESTING AND INSPECTION Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re- inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D -698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8 ") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight- volume methods. If the weight- volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe /culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8 ") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 305 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand - cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401 -1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24 "). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24 "). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2 ") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401 -2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5 "). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5 ") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401 -2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703 -7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401 -3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401 -4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401 -5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401 -6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor -N -Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403 -1. MATERIALS 403 -1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403 -1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403 -2. INSTALLATION 403 -2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8 ") to twelve inches (12 ") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 141 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14, 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2 ") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403 -2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403 -3. TESTING 403 -3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5 %) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403 -3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403 -4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403 -4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403 -4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404 -1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8 ") to twelve inch (12 ") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404 -2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR /INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404 -3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and /or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404 -5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404 -5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404 -5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and /or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404 -5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and /or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real -time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different proj ects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ft 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14) 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 404 -5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built -in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404 -6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404 -7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404 -8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404 -9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405 -1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405 -2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and /or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405 -3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405 -3.1. MATERIALS 405 - 3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405 - 3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 (N, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 is 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405 - 3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405 -3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6 ") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces ". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2 ") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405 -4.1. MATERIALS 405 - 4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 405 -5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405 -6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty -eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405 -7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty -eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 fbi 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one -half inch (1/2 ") to five- eighths inch (5/8 ") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one -half inch (1/2 ") in length nor greater than five - eighths inch (5/8 ") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one -half inch (1/2 ") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405 -8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405 -9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405 -10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405 -11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405 -11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and /or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405 -11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405 -11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one -half inch (1/2 "). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty -four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one -half inch (1/2 "). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 et 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405 -11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2 ") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405 -11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405 -11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10 ") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9 "). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48 ") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60 "), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy -two inch (72 ") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405 -12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405 -12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam - injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and /or b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one -half inch (1/2 ") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405 -12.2. MATERIALS 405 - 12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405 - 12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 Bonding Strength 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal ASTM D -3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D -3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D -1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405 - 12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 -10 cm/sec to 7.6x10 " -11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405 - 12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self - bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity /Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty -four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2 "), but no greater than two inches (2 "). It will have a dark grey color. 1 405 - 12.2.5. EPDXY COATING 1 1 1 A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405 - 12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 405 -12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405 - 12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and /or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and /or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and /or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405 - 12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and /or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 405 - 12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing /crystallization. 405 - 12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five - eighths inch (5/8 ") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405 - 12.3.5. WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405 - 12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2 ") (and no more than two inches (2 ")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty -four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 405 - 12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405 - 12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405 - 12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10 ") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9 "). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48 ") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy -two inch (72 ") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405 - 12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 1 502. MATERIALS 1 1 1 Is 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 502 -1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502 -2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502 -2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502 -2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4 ") through eight inch (8 ") shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD /Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8 ") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4 ") through eight inch (8 ") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4 ") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18 ") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2 ") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12 ") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2 ") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2 ") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2 ") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502 -2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4 ") through sixteen inch (16 ") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI /AWWA C153 /A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications requirements of ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502 -2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502 -2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502 -3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4 ") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2 ") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non - shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2 ") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3 ") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4 ") to sixteen inch (16 ") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI /A.WWA. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0-ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16 ") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 502 -4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three -piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502 -5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL /FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2 ") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1 -1/2 ") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6 ") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2 -1/2 ") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4 -1/2 ") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502 -6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4 ") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4 ") main shall be one and one half inch (1- 1/2 "). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2 ") service connections to six inch (6 ") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502 -7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502 -8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502 -9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three- quarter inch (3/4 ") bronze test plug. 502 -10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 503. CONSTRUCTION 503 -1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. 1 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at 1 their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503 -2. PIPE LAYING ' 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30 ") and a maximum of forty -two inches (42 ") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are 1 encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, 1 relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503 -2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or 1 dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10 %) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI /AWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503 -3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503 -3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503 -3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18 ") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503 -3.3. HYDRANTS ■- Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's " Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6 ") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6 ") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503 -3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503 -4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 1 504. TESTS 1 504 -1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504 -2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty -eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505 -1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O- S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 505 -2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505 -3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty -four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 ti 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505 -5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 506 -1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and /or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506 -2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506 -2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506 -2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506 -3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506 -3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI /AWWA C110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506 -3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506 -4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506 -4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506 -5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506 -5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501 -2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 506 -5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6 ") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601 -1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8 ") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F -758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8 ") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14) 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603 -1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD /DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604 -1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2 ") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 604 -2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5 ") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604 -3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605 -1. MATERIAL 605 -1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605 - 1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605 - 1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 '/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605 - 1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605 - 1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605 -2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12 ") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8 ") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2 "), if over six inches (6 "), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4 ") or six inches (6 ") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6 ") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702 -1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8 ") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12 ") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 140 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non - limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non - traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702 -1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702 -1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702 -2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702 -2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702 -2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703 -1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703 -1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty -five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one - quarter inch ('/4 ") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703 -3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP /Spec 334 -1 Type FC /Spec 337 -8 Type B /Spec 234 -8 ATPB /287 -8 703 -5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703 -6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703 -6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703 -6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ti 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 b 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703 -7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703 -8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one - quarter inch (1/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and /or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10 %) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http: / /www. dot .state.fl.us /construction/fuel &bit /fuel &bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414 -4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 61 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6 "). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 706 -2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707 -1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707 -2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707 -3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4 ") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6 ") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6 ") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 707 -5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708 -1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty -four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708 -2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708 -3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708 -4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708 -5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner /City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708 -6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703 -7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708 -7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708 -8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and /or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14) 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low p oint of the existing swale. 708 -9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708 -10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and /or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 •1 1 1 1 11) 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803 -1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and /or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING /RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902 -1. IRRIGATION 902 -1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and /or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf /landscape areas except at road /paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902 - 1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 401 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty - four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902 - 1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty -four inch (24 ") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902 -1.2. PRODUCTS 902 - 1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902 - 1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902 - 1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902 - 1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902 - 1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902 - 1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902 - 1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2 ") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 101 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 •01 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902 - 1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2 ") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA -C -509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2 ") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3 ") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2 ") square operating nut. 902 - 1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902 - 1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance - pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 902- 1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902 - 1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902 - 1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low- density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing /cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902- 1.2.10.2.OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7 "). B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6 ") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902 - 1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902- 1.2.10.4.AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h t 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air /Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902 - 1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902 - 1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902 - 1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902 - 1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902- 1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902 - 1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902 -1.3. EXECUTION 902 - 1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 •I 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902 - 1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902 - 1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6 ") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6 ") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902 - 1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18 ") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch (' /2 "). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6 ") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 902 - 1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902 - 1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902 - 1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902- 1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902 - 1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and /or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902 - 1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty -four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902 - 1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902 - 1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6 "), nor less than four inches (4 ") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty -four inch (24 ") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902 - 1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 -2. LANDSCAPE 902 -2.1. GENERAL 902 - 2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902 - 2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and /or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902 - 2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non - compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" / "Sunshine 811" at 8 -1 -1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638 -4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902 - 2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902 - 2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902 - 2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D. B. K : Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B &B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902 - 2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902 - 2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ( "B & B ") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1 ") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two - thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12 ") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty -four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902 - 2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902 - 2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902 - 2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and /or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and /or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902 - 2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902 -2.2. PRODUCTS 902 - 2.2.1. MATERIALS 902 - 2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902 - 2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well - developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and /or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902 - 2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as /if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications twenty -four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902 - 2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3 ") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902 - 2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one -fourth ('/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902 - 2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2 ") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2 ") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three- quarter inch (3/4 ") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one -third (1/3) peat and two- thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1 "). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3 ") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6 ") to eight inches (8 ") into native soil. 902 - 2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902 - 2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902 - 2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and /or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902 - 2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902 - 2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902 -2.3. EXECUTION 902 - 2.3.1. PREPARATION 902 - 2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902 - 2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed /turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1'/2 ") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902 - 2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3 ") of one -third (1/3) Florida peat and two- thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6 ") to eight inches (8 ") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 h 1 i 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4 "). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4 ") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902 - 2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902 - 2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902 - 2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18 ") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902 - 2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each '/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4 ") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18 ") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902 - 2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1 ") to one and one half inches (1 -1/2 ") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2 ") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902 - 2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902 - 2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30 ") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three - quarter inch (3/4 ") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902 - 2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3 ") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3 ") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6 ") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6 ") of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902 - 2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902 - 2.3.2.9. CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902 - 2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902 - 2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902 - 2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1 ") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902 - 2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902 - 2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and /or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and /or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902 - 2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902 - 2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under - specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902 - 2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy -two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and /or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and /or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905 -1. To remove plant beds ornamental SECTION IV SCOPE trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905 -2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905 -3. WORK METHODS 905 -3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905 -3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905 - 3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 140 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905 - 3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty -four (24) hours after providing the service. 905 - 3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905 - 3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905 - 3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905 - 3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905 - 3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905 - 3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 905 - 3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3 "). 905 - 3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905 - 3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905 - 3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905 - 3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man -hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty -four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty -eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910 -1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and /or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two - thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2 ") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1 ") by four -inch (4 ") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910 -2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and /or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18 ") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18 ") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562 -4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 iot 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and /or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10 ") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18 ") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18 "). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910 -3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and /or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30 %) of its foliage removed. SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ti 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 64 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLES 1 -900 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Section 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 103 - DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 301- CONCRETE 1 Add the following statements- Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1 -1/2 hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after initial introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates. For concrete joints: A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 1/4 IN. Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Section IVa - 1 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars where indicated. C. Weakened plane joints: 1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete. Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root. D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked. E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with polyurethane sealant. Finishing concrete: A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade so that consolidation and finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain uniform ridge full width. B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination. C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish. E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions. Curing concrete: A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions. Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during entire curing period. B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab, to subgrade. C. Curing compound: Spray on white - pigmented membrane forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT /GAL. Concrete surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is to be bonded. Cold and hot weather concreting: Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Section IVa - 2 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1. Cold weather (comply with ACI -306). a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F. b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates, 150° F. c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days. d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete. e. Never use salt or other antifreeze. 2. Hot weather (comply with ACI -305). a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature cannot be maintained under 90° F. b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or water spray. c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F. ARTICLE 207 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 207 -1 Add the following statement- "See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us /water /stormwater /npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 207 -8 Add the following statement- "No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Section IVa - 3 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications ARTICLE 500 — WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 502 -2 Article 502 -2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe shall be superseded by Section 15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications. Article 502 -2.3 Fittings and Joints shall be superseded by Section 15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications. Article 502 -2.4 Restraint shall be superseded by Section 15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications. Article 502 -4 Valve Boxes: All valve boxes within roadway right -of- way shall have heavy duty load rating meeting H2O highway traffic loads (16,000 lb wheel loads). Article 503 -2.1 Alignment and Grade: The depth of cover over the main shall be a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60" below finished grade, except where approved by the Owner to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Article 503 -2.2 Installation: For push -on joint connections, cut ends shall be ground smooth and beveled. Article 503 -3.4 Anchorage: See restrained joint table in drawings for length of pipe to be restrained. Article 504 -1 Hydrostatic Tests shall be superseded by Section 15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications. Article 505 -2 Flushing shall be superseded by Section 15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 206 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING 206 Add the following statement- "Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main root system. Stockpile topsoil where directed. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water and seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. Borrow topsoil to be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds and roots." Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Section IVa - 4 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4•1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 Add the following statement- "Disposal of waste materials shall require the removal of all waste materials from site. Do not burn combustible materials on site or bury organic matter on site. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations." The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Title 01010 Project Requirements 01311 Construction Scheduling 01370 Schedule of Values 01630 Measurement and Payment DIVISION 02 — SITEWORK Section Title 02050 Demolition 02770 Bypass Pumping DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE Section Title 03010 Concrete Work 03410 Precast Concrete Wetwell DIVISION 05 — METALS Section 05500 Title Miscellaneous Metals Lift Stations # 7 8 8 Improvements Section IVa - 5 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications DIVISION 09 — FINISHES Section Title 09117 Spectrashield Protective Coating System 09900 Painting and Coatings 09910 Green Monster Liner System DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section Title 11360 Pumping Systems 11414 Diesel- Powered Backup Pump DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section Title 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15066 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves and Appurtenances END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Lift Stations # 7 8 8 Improvements Section IVa - 6 15- 0038 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 1 1 *I 1 1 1 1 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 01010 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Issued for Bid A. The work covered by this Section consists in furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and in performing all operations in connection with the rehabilitation of Lift Stations #7, & 8, complete and ready for use in accordance with the latest specifications of the American Water Works Association and the applicable plans, and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. B. Contractor's General Responsibility: The Contractor shall provide a complete tested and operating system including wet well rehabilitation, new concrete top slab, new pumps, electrical and controls, pipe, pipe fittings, restrained joints, thrust blocks, valves, valve boxes, and appurtenances. C. The work included in this contract consists of various improvements at Lift Stations # 7 & 8. 1. The following work will be performed at Lift Station # 7: replacement of the existing discharge piping in the wet well and valve vault, replacement of the valves in the valve vault; new lighting in the pump station area; installation of a new control panel, installation of a new standby diesel pump and controls. Relocate the existing RTU and radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet to a new cabinet located next to the proposed control panel. Provide monitoring signals to the existing SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the work. Sod disturbed area. The standby diesel pump will be Owner Direct Purchase (ODP). Upon contract reward, Contractor shall complete the Request to Requisition Form and follow the ODP Instructions located in the Appendix of these Contract Documents. 2. The following work will be performed at Lift Station # 8: removal of the existing pumps and discharge piping, removal of existing top slab, pouring of a new concrete slab and installation of new access hatches, lining the existing wet well, installation of new pumps, discharge piping and pressure gauges; replacement of the valves in the valve vault; new lighting in the pump station area; installation of a new control panel on a elevated platform. Relocate the existing RTU and radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet to a Section IV -a 01010 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid new cabinet located next to the proposed control panel. Provide monitoring signals to the existing SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the work. Sod disturbed area. 3. Specifications: See the appropriate Technical Sections of these Specifications for detailed information on materials, equipment, and installation. 4. Measurement and Payment: See Section 01630 of Section IVa — Supplemental Technical Specifications for measurement and payment items. 5. Traffic Control a. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control in accordance with Specification 44 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. 6. As -Built Plans a. As -Built Plans (Record Drawings), prepared by and certified by a licensed surveyor, shall be submitted as outlined in Specification 6.11 of Section III — General Conditions. 7 Pressure Tests: The Contractor is responsible for pressure tests with inspection by the Owner and /or his Project Representative in conformance with the Technical Specifications. 8. Video Tape and Photos of Work Areas: Video tape of all work areas in the Contract will be made by the Contractor prior to the start of construction. For details see Specification 37 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. 9. Erosion Control a. Erosion control during construction, including storage and staging areas, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor until restoration is completed. For details see Specification 38 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. b. The Contractor shall re- establish, at no additional expense to the City, all erosion control devices, or sections thereof, which may become damaged, destroyed or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the project. Section IV -a 01010 -2 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 10. Restoration a. The restoration of driveways, walks, curb, sprinklers, grass, etc. is very important to the residents in the project work area. The Contractor is required to begin restoration in a timely manner. Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free of accumulated wasted materials, rubbish and other debris caused by his work. For details see Specification 6.5 of Section III — General Conditions. b. The removal and /or replacement of trees and shrubs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor unless otherwise noted on the construction drawings or Scope of Work. c. The Contractor will be responsible for the repair of sprinkler systems, private drain lines, etc. as part of the per unit foot cost of pipe. 12. Permits a. No Florida Department of Environmental Protection permit is required for the rehabilitation of Lift Stations # 7 & 8. b. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all other permits, licenses, comply with building and construction codes and other authorizations required for the prosecution of the work, and bear the cost of all work performed in compliance with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses and authorizations, whether by himself or others. For details see Specification 6.8 of Section III — General Conditions. 13. OSHA Regulations: The Contractor must be aware of and comply with the OSHA regulations regarding all trenching operations. 14. Protection of Adjacent Property: If adjacent property is affected or endangered by any work done under this Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to protect the adjacent property and to contact the City's Project Representative. 15. Connections to Existing Pipelines: Connections to existing sanitary sewer pipelines shall be accomplished in as short a time as possible in order to maintain service to existing customers with minimal interruption. This work will require notification to all affected customers and may require night work. Section IV -a 01010 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Laws and Regulations: The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the work. If the Contractor observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising there from; however, it shall not be the Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Taxes: The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place of the project. B. Resisting Hydrostatic uplifts: The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting structures and facilities from damage due to hydrostatic uplift from high water levels or directional drilling fluids. C. Existing Structures: The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the Drawings were taken from the available records. The actual locations of the existing underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings. 1.04 OCCUPANCY A. Resident Occupancy: All area residents will be in occupancy throughout the period of construction. B. Maintenance of Operation: All utilities (i.e. electrical, sanitary, sewer, potable water, gas, cable and stormwater) shall be maintained in operating condition throughout construction. Temporary facilities shall be furnished and installed when normal operating procedures are interrupted. Any damages to existing utilities shall be immediately isolated and repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1.05 CLEANING UP Section IV -a 01010 -4 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid A. Contractor shall keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Contractor shall provide adequate trash receptacles about the site, and shall promptly empty the containers when filled. B. Contractor shall stockpile all construction materials in a neat and workman -like manner. Contractor shall promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent marring or other damage. C. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and removed daily. D. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. All wastes shall be removed from the site and disposed of in a manner complying with local ordinances and anti - pollution laws. E. Adequate cleanup will be a condition for recommendation of progress payment applications. F. Owner shall reserve the right to limit the movement of construction crews when an area is not acceptably cleaned and restored. Delays caused to Contractor because of his negligence in keeping the construction areas cleared shall be absorbed by the Contractor at no additional costs to the Owner in time or money. G. The accumulation of dirt, stones and other excavated materials away from trenches shall be controlled. All dirt shall be cleaned up and nearby paved areas swept prior to shutdown of daily operations, or as directed by the Engineer. 1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 1.07 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA AAMA Aluminum Association, Inc. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association Section IV -a 01010 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. Section IV -a 01010 -6 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 1.08 SITE ADMINISTRATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all areas of the site used by him, and all Subcontractors in the performance of the Work. He will exert full control over the actions of all employees and other persons with respect to the use and preservation of property and existing facilities, except such controls as may be specifically reserved to Owner or others. Contractor has the right to exclude from the site all persons who have no purpose related to the Work or its inspection, and may require all persons on the site (except owner's employees) to observe the same regulations as he requires of his employees. 1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES A. The locations of underground facilities shown on the project plans are based on the most accurate information available at the time the plans where prepared. B. The Contractor is required to give all utility agencies a minimum of 48 hours notice prior to start of work. The notification shall be made either to the Utility Notification Center (1- 800 - 432 -4770) or the individual Utilities in the event that they do not participate in this service. The Utilities in turn shall field locate their facilities and provide markings to serve as reference to the contractor. C. The Contractor shall furnish all temporary support, adequate protection, and maintenance of all underground and surface utilities, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, overhead cables and poles, and any other obstruction encountered in the progress of the work. The methods and techniques used by the Contractor to protect and maintain utilities and their service connections shall be subject to the prior approval of the Engineer. Section IV -a 01010 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. The Contractor shall use caution to avoid damage thereto and shall be responsible for the location of and any damage to all underground ducts, conduits, pipes, structures, etc. Any Utility damaged by negligence of the Contractor will be repaired by the utility having jurisdiction and the cost of such repairs shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.10 PROTECTION, REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF TREES AND SHRUBS A. The Contractor shall comply with all local tree ordinances. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, trees or shrubs can be protected in place, the Contractor shall endeavor to protect the trees or shrubs as necessary. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, trees must be removed to permit construction, the contractor shall consider the price for removing, cutting, trimming, replacing trees and shrubs incidental to the laying of pipe and no additional payment shall be made unless specifically called for on the plans or contract documents. All this work must be coordinated with the City Arborist. B. The Contractor is responsible for acquiring necessary permits and replacing trees as required by local ordinances and the City of Clearwater Planning Department when it is necessary to trim or cut a branch or root prune from a tree. The Contractor shall provide the services of an approved tree specialist when it is necessary to trim or cut a branch from a tree. C. For details see Specification 910 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. 1.11 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 1. By submission of his bid and subsequent execution of this Contract, the Contractor certifies that all trench excavation done within his control in excess of 5 feet in depth shall be done in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) trench excavation safety standards contained in 29 C.F.R., s. 1926.650, Subpart P, including all subsequent revisions or updates to these standards and adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment Security. 2. The Contractor also agrees that he has obtained or will obtain identical certification from his proposed Subcontractors that will perform trench excavation prior to award of the subcontracts and that he will retain such certifications in his files for a period of not less than three years following final acceptance. Section IV -a 01010 -8 1 1 IN 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 •Di 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 3. The Contractor shall consider all geotechnical information, if available, in his design of the trench excavation safety system. 4. The Contractor performing trench excavation shall adhere to OSHA trench excavation safety standards and special shoring requirements for trench excavation, if any, of the State or other political subdivisions. Inspections required by OSHA trench excavation safety standards shall be provided by the Contractor. B. Hard Hats: Hard hats shall be worn at the work site by all personnel as required by all local, state and federal guidelines. The Engineer is authorized to halt the work if this requirement is not met 1.12 NOISE LEVELS A. Sound levels measured by the City personnel shall not exceed 65 dBA 6:00 PM to 7:00 AM or 80 dBA 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM. This sound level to be measured at the property line of the nearest residence. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment can be quieted to these levels. Work stoppage by the City for excessive noise shall not relieve the Contractor of the other portions of this specification including, but not limited to contract time and contract price. B. If mufflers cannot achieve the necessary noise reduction, noise abatement shall be accomplished by the Contractor's installation of baffles (or other acceptable means) positioned to break line -of -sight from the noise source to affected residences and /or commercial structures. Minimum noise abatement measures shall consist of equipping all engines with hospital grade mufflers or silencers. 1.13 WATER FOR HDD, FLUSHING, TESTING, AND OTHER USES A. The Contractor will be responsible for providing all temporary lines to the work areas. The City will furnish water for testing purposes. The City will deliver and install the device after receiving payment/set -up account upon 48 hours notice. The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the cost of all water used in accordance with current water rates. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 01010 -9 i 1 1 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 F 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 01311 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION Issued for Bid A. A Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedule shall be used to control the work of this Contract and to provide a definitive basis for determining job progress. The construction schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor. All work shall be done in accordance with the established CPM schedule and the Contractor and his /her subcontractors shall be responsible for cooperating fully with the Engineer and the Owner in effectively utilizing the CPM schedule. B. The CPM schedule to be prepared and submitted by the Contractor shall consist of a CPM network (diagram of activities) and a computer - generated schedule (print -out) as specified herein. The format shall be the activity -on -node precedence network. C. Develop the outline of the work and prepare a proposed CPM schedule The computer -based schedule shall be the product of a recognized commercial computer software producer and shall meet all of the requirements defined herein. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. Have the capability of preparing and utilizing the specified CPM scheduling technique. A statement of CPM capability shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer within 15 days after the award of the Contract and will verify that either the Contractor's organization has in -house capability qualified to use the technique or that the Contractor employs a consultant who is so qualified. Capability shall be verified by description of the construction projects to which the Contractor or his /her consultant has successfully applied the CPM scheduling technique and which were controlled throughout the duration of the project by means of systematic use and updating of a computer -based CPM schedule. The submittal shall include the name of the individual on the Contractor's staff who will be responsible for the CPM schedule and for providing the required updating information. Section IV -a 01311 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.03 NETWORK REQUIREMENTS A. The network shall show the order and inter - dependence of activities and the sequence in which the work is to be accomplished as planned by the Contractor. The basic concept of a network analysis diagram shall be followed to show how the start of a given activity is dependent on the completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of following activities. B. Detailed network activities shall include: construction activities, the submittal and approval of samples of materials and shop drawings, the procurement of materials and equipment, fabrication of materials and equipment and their delivery, installation and testing, start-up and training. To the extent feasible, activities related to a specific physical area of the work shall be grouped on the network for ease of understanding and simplification. C. Separate activities shall be provided for each significant identifiable function in each trade area in each facility. Activities shall be so identified that there will be no reasonable doubt as to how much work remains on each. D. Each activity on the network shall have the following indicated on the NODE representing it. 1. A single duration (i.e., the single best estimate of elapsed time considering the scope of the work involved in the activity and the resources planned for accomplishing the activity) expressed in working days. 2. A brief description of the activity. E. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. The detailed network need not be time scaled but shall be drafted to show a continuous flow from left to right with no flow from right to left. In addition to the brief description, submit a separate list of all activities containing a detailed narrative of the scope of each activity, including the trades and subcontractors involved and the number of man -hours estimated. F. To the extent that the network or any revision thereof shows anything not jointly agreed upon or fails to show anything jointly agreed upon, it shall not be deemed to have been approved by the Engineer. Failure to include on a network any element of work required for the performance of this Contract shall not excuse the Contractor from completing all work required within any applicable completion date, notwithstanding the review of the network by the Engineer. G. Except where earlier completions are specified, CPM schedules which show completion of all work prior to the contract completion date may be approved Section IV -a 01311 -2 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ti 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid by the Engineer but in no event shall they be acceptable as a basis for claim for delay against the Owner by the Contractor. 1.04 COMPUTER - GENERATED SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Each computer - generated schedule submittal from the CPM activity network shall include the following tabulations: a list of activities in numerical order, a list of activity precedences, a schedule sequenced by Early Start Date and a schedule sequenced by Total Float. Each schedule shall include the following minimum items: 1. Activity numbers 2. Estimated duration 3. Activity description 4. Early start date (calendar dated) 5. Early finish date (calendar dated) 6. Latest allowable start date (calendar dated) 7. Latest allowable finish date (calendar dated) 8. Status (whether critical) 9. Total float and free float B. In addition, each schedule shall be prefaced with the following summary data: 1. Contract name and number 2. Contractor's Name 3. Contract duration 4. Contract schedule 5. The effective or starting date of the schedule (the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed). C. The work day to calendar date correlation shall be based on an 8 -hour day and 40 -hour week with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather and all other special requirements of the work. 1.05 INITIAL CONFERENCE A. Within 15 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, meet with the Engineer to discuss and agree on the proposed standards for the CPM schedule. At this conference submit to the Engineer a preliminary network defining the planned operations during the first 60 calendar days after Notice Section IV -a 01311 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid to Proceed. The general approach for the balance of the project shall be indicated. 1.06 APPROVED CPM SCHEDULE A. Within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, submit two prints of the proposed CPM activity network and a computer - generated schedule to the Engineer. Following review by the Engineer, the Contractor shall incorporate the Engineer's comments into the network and submit five prints and two reproducible of the revised network and two copies of the computer - generated schedule. This final submittal shall be delivered to the Engineer within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. B. CPM schedules which contain activities showing negative float or which extend beyond the contract completion date in the computer- generated schedule will not be approved. C. Participate in the initial review and evaluation of the proposed network diagram and schedule by the Engineer. The approved network shall then be the approved CPM schedule to be used for planning, organizing and directing the work, and reporting progress. D. Approval of the CPM activity network by the Engineer is advisory only and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the work within the contract completion date. Omissions and errors in the approved CPM schedule shall not excuse performance less than that required by the Contract. Approval by the Engineer in no way makes the Engineer an insurer of the CPM schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns flowing from its shortcomings. The Owner hereby disclaims any obligation or liability by reason of approval by its agent, the Engineer, of the CPM schedule. 1.07 PROGRESS REPORTING A. Progress under the approved CPM schedule shall be evaluated monthly by the Contractor and the Engineer. Not less than 7 days prior to each monthly progress meeting, they shall meet at the jobsite and jointly evaluate the status of each activity on which work has started or is due to start, based on the preceding CPM schedule; to show actual progress, to identify those activities started and those completed during the previous period, to show the estimated time required to complete or the percent complete of each activity started but not yet completed and to reflect any changes indicated for the network. Activities shall not be considered to be complete until they are, in fact, 100 percent complete. B. At each progress meeting, submit a narrative report based on the CPM schedule evaluation described above, in a format agreed upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. The report shall include a description of the progress during the previous period in terms of completed activities, an Section IV -a 01311 -4 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid explanation of each activity which is showing a delay, a description of problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated impact on performance of other activities and completion dates and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. This report, as well as the CPM Status Report, will be discussed at each progress meeting. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current CPM schedule and CPM Status Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the contract completion date will not be met, or when so directed by the Engineer, take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit to the Engineer for approval, a written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule. 1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate the backlog of work. 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work. 3. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of accomplishment of activities and comply with the revised schedule. B. If when so requested by the Engineer, failure to submit a written statement of the steps intended to take or should fail to take such steps as approved by the Engineer, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in man -power (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday work, etc) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule and the Contractor shall promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.09 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION TIME A. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his /her method of operating which affect the approved CPM schedule, he /she shall notify the Engineer in writing stating what changes are proposed and the reason for the change. If the Engineer approves these changes, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval, without additional cost to the Owner, all of the affected portions of the CPM network. The CPM schedule shall be adjusted by the Contractor only after prior approval of his /her proposed changes by the Engineer. Adjustments may consist of changing portions of the activity sequence, activity durations, division of approved activities, or other adjustments as may be approved by the Engineer. The addition of extraneous, non - working Section IV -a 01311 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid activities and activities which add unapproved restraints to the CPM schedule shall not be approved. B. If the completion of any activity, whether or not critical, falls more than 100 percent behind its approved duration, submit for approval a schedule adjustment showing each such activity divided into two activities reflecting completed versus uncompleted work. C. Shop drawings which are not approved on the first submittal or within the schedule time and equipment which do not pass the specified tests shall be immediately rescheduled. D. The contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. In the event the Contractor requests an extension of any contract completion date, he /she shall furnish such justification and supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine whether the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under the provisions of this Contract. The Engineer will, after receipt of such justification and supporting evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor in writing thereof. If the Engineer finds that the Contractor is entitled to any extension of any contract completion date, the Engineer's determination as to the total number of days extension shall be based upon the currently approved CPM schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall be included in the next updating of the schedule. Actual delays in activities which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion date shown by the critical path in the network will not be the basis for a change therein. E. Each request for change in any contract completion date shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer within 30 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but before the date of final payment under this Contract. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit. 1. From time to time it may be necessary for the contract schedule or completion time to be adjusted by the Owner to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the Owner or its representatives and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. Under such conditions, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to reschedule the work or contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the Contractor shall revise his /her schedule accordingly. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time extensions beyond the actual completion of all unaffected work, in which case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time extension and any additional cost to the Owner. Available float time in the CPM schedule Section IV -a 01311 -6 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid may be used by the Owner as defined by the Engineer, as well as by the Contractor. F The Owner controls the float time in the approved CPM network and, therefore, without obligation to extend either the overall completion date or any intermediate completion dates set out in the CPM network, the Owner may initiate changes to the work that absorb float time only. Owner initiated changes that affect the critical path on the approved CPM network shall be the sole grounds for extending (or contracting) said completion dates. Contractor - initiated changes that encroach on the float time identified in the approved CPM network may be accomplished with the Owner's concurrence. Such changes, however, shall give way to Owner - initiated changes competing for the same float time. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 01311 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Issued for Bid A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work, within 10 days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. C. The Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values will be considered for approval by Engineer upon Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and location. 2. Project number. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. Schedule of Values shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the table of contents for the Contract Document as the format for listing component items for structures: 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the specification. 2. For each line item, list sub values of major products or operations under item. D. Follow the bid sheets included in this Contract Documents as the format for listing component items for pipe lines. E. Schedule of Values shall list as individual items the cost for bypass pumping mobilization and the cost for daily bypass pumping for each of the lift stations Section IV -a 01370 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid separately. F Schedule of Values shall list as individual items the cost for line stop mobilization and the cost for line stop per day for each of the lift stations separately. G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract sum. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Section IV -a 01370 -2 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 01630 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Issued for Bid A. This section supersedes all measurement and payment paragraphs from Section IV — Technical Specifications. It covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under the Contract. 1.02 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. B. The successful low bidder for the Work will be determined based on the amount in the Total Project Cost (Bid Items 1 -5) from the Bid Tab Table included in Section V — Contract Documents. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions. 1.4 EXCAVATION A. The lump sum price bid for each item of Work, which involves excavation or trenching, shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall Section IV -a 01630 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.6 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement. 1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Bid Items for the Lift Stations (LS) # 7 & 8 Improvements: 1. Bid Item No. 1 — Mobilization a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to, those supplies and incidentals to the project site, and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications, and State and local laws and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required insurance, general conditions and indemnifications, and any other pre- construction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Section. This Bid Item will include mobilization and demobilization for all parts or phases of the total project. The bid price shall not exceed three and one - half (3.5) percent of the total bid. b. Measurement: The quantity of mobilization to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum quantity. Partial payments will be made therefore in accordance with the following: Section IV -a 01630 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 is 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 141 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned Allowable Percent of Lump Sum Price for the Item 5 25 10 50 25 75 50 100 c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: • Item No. 1 — Mobilization (3.5% Max.) Lump Sum 2. Bid Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of maintaining traffic within the limits of the project for the duration of the construction period including any temporary suspensions of the work. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any necessary detour facilities; the providing of necessary facilities for access to residences adjacent to the project; the furnishing, installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during construction, the control of dust, and any other special requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as may be called for on the Contract Drawings. The term, Maintenance of Traffic, as used herein, shall include all of such facilities, devices and operations as are required for the safety and convenience of the public as well as for minimizing public nuisance, and as specified in Specification 106 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. The bid price shall not exceed two (2) percent of the bid total for the total project. If the Contractor's cost for Maintenance of Traffic is greater than the maximum allowed, then the additional cost shall be included in the cost for other items of work for the project. b. Measurement: The quantity of Maintenance of Traffic to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum quantity. Partial payments will be pro -rated throughout the duration of construction of this Project. Section IV -a 01630 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: • Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic (2% Max.) Lump Sum 3. Bid Item No. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS 7 a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work associated with the rehabilitation of LS 7. b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 7 including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering; sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration; new diesel pump and spare parts; new control panel for submersible pumps; bypass pump assembly; pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and painting; wet well liner repairs; electrical panel platform; electrical work; coordinating with electric utility; instrumentation work; relocation, reconnection and reprogramming of the existing telemetry system; bypass pumping; and furnishing and installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and hot taps, access hatches, safety grates, sodding, electrical components, panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting, bollards, pressure gauges, handrails and miscellaneous metals. The standby diesel pump will be Owner Direct Purchase (ODP). Upon contract reward, Contractor shall complete the Request to Requisition Form and follow the ODP Instructions located in the Appendix of these Contract Documents. Section IV -a 01630 -4 1 *I 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid d. Payment shall be made under: • Item No. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS 7. 4. Bid Item No. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS 8 a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work associated with the rehabilitation of LS 8. b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 8 including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering; sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration; new pumps and spare parts; pump controls and electrical; bypass pump assembly; pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and painting; wet well liner installation; new wet well top slab; electrical panel platform; electrical work; coordinating with electric utility; instrumentation work; bypass pumping; and furnishing and installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and hot taps, access hatches, safety grates, sodding, electrical components, panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting, pressure gauges, handrails, and miscellaneous metals. d. Payment shall be made under: • Item No. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS 8. 5. Bid Item No. 5 — Owner's Contingency a. The work covered by this Bid Item consists of unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra work Section IV -a 01630 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid or additional items over and above those specified or shown on the plans. The cost for unforeseen Utility Relocations will be paid for under a separate Pay Item. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized representative prior to starting this additional work. The value of the work shall be based on unit prices or similar bid items called for in the Proposal. b. Measurement: The quantities and cost of unspecified work to be paid under this item shall be agreed upon and approved in writing by the Owner or his authorized representative prior to starting this unspecified work. c. The bid price for this Bid Item shall be ten percent (10 %) of the total bid. This item will be treated as an allowance, against which the Owner, at his discretion, may direct work not shown on the plans, or require other additional work which falls within the general scope of work for the project, as approved in writing from the Owner. Each dollar of cost for the additional work will be considered one unit. The final project change order shall include all additional costs approved under the contingency. This item is for contingency if required during the course of the project to facilitate the project, and will be paid only after written authorization to include the item in the progress payments. B. Note for: Compact Ductile Iron Restrained Joint Fittings, Asphalt Pavement Replacement and Asphalt Overlay 1. All costs associated with compact ductile iron restrained joint fittings, asphalt pavement replacement and asphalt overlay shall be included in the lump sum Bid Items #3 and 4. No additional payment will be made for these items unless directed by the Owner or the Owner's authorized Project Representative. C. Note for: Erosion Control 1. No additional payment will be made for erosion control features installed to protect the work areas and adjacent property. All costs associated with this item shall be included in the lump sum Bid Items #3 and 4. 2. Erosion control may include sheeting, shoring, trenching boxes, artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment Section IV -a 01630 -6 1 401 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid basins, cleanouts, baled hay and straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier, staked silt fence and seeding. 3. Erosion control is considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and shall include furnishing and installing material, routine maintenance, mowing and removal of temporary erosion control features upon completion of construction. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 01630 -7 1 1 I 1 1 1 4 1 M Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Issued for Bid A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete all demolition work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION A. Unless otherwise directed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall: 1. Demolish, remove, and properly dispose of the structures /piping /equipment. 2. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing the Owner with any and all paperwork associated with the cleaning, demolition, or disposal of the structures /piping /equipment that is requested or required for the Owner's records. 1.03 PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES A. Protection of Public Utilities 1. The Contractor shall not damage existing fire hydrants, street, lights, power poles, telephone poles, fire alarm boxes, wire cables, pole guys, underground utilities or other appurtenances in the vicinity of the demolition sites. The Contractor shall pay for temporary relocation of utilities, which are relocated at the Contractor's request for his convenience. B. Protection of Adjacent Property 1. The Contractor shall not damage or cause to be damaged any public right -of -way, structures, parking lots, drives, streets, sidewalks, utilities, pools, lawns or any other property adjacent to project sites for demolition whether or not the property is scheduled for future demolition. The Contractor shall provide such sheeting and shoring as required to protect adjacent structures during demolition. Care must also be taken to prevent the spread of dust and flying particles. Section IV -a 02050 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.04 RISK LOSS A. The Contractor shall accept the site in its present condition and shall inspect the site for its character and the type of structures to be demolished. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the condition of existing buildings, structures, and other property within the demolition area, or the condition of the property before or after the solicitation of proposals. No adjustment of proposal price or allowance for any change in conditions that may occur after the execution of contract will be allowed. 1.05 PERMITS AND FEES A. The Contractor shall obtain all the necessary permits and pay all fees that may be required in conjunction with the demolition work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. The Contractor may recycle demolition debris at a recycling center. B. However, all other debris must be disposed of at a disposal facility. licensed or permitted licensed or permitted 3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND SOLID WASTE A. All materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed from the demolition area leaving the demolition area free of debris. Any cost incurred by the Owner in cleaning up such materials and debris left behind shall be deducted from funds due the Contractor under this contract. B. All debris and solid waste shall be delivered by the Contractor to an approved disposal facility licensed in accordance with state and /or local regulations, laws, and zoning. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all fees for waste disposal. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, or his designated representative copies of all disposal tickets for each structure demolished, where available, which identify the specific address of the origin of the debris Section IV -a 02050 -2 ti 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 414 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid associated with each ticket. The cost of all fees shall be considered incidental to the demolition. C. All debris and solid waste shall be cleaned and disposed of in accordance with federal and FDEP regulations. The Contractor and any sub - contractors involved with the disposal of the waste sewage material or equipment/structures associated with sewage material must attend a meeting with the Owner, the Engineer, and FDEP prior to any cleaning or disposal of waste sewage material or process equipment/structures. D. All materials and equipment resulting from this work shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the premises at once. 3.03 BACKFILL, GRADING, AND CLEAN UP A. When site conditions permit, as determined by the Owner, or his designated representative, on -site soil shall be used as backfill material. The top 9 -12 inches of topsoil within the limits of construction may be stripped and stockpiled on site for use as final topsoil and grading material. If adequate topsoil, is not available on site, the Contractor shall bring in enough topsoil from off -site to place a minimum 8 -inch cover on the entire site. Excess excavation materials shall be removed from the site. Topsoil material shall not be permitted as deep fill materials. Any borrow or fill material shall be approved by the Owner, or his designated representative before and during the placing of the material. All depressions on the property shall be filled, compacted, and graded to uniform slope with adequate drainage. 1. All excavations shall be backfilled with acceptable material and compacted according to the requirements of Specifications 200 and 304 of Section IV — Technical Specifications or as applicable per City standards. B. All additional fill material shall be of equal quality to the soil adjacent to the excavation, and free of rubble or organic matter. The Contractor shall provide for a minimum depth of 8 inches of topsoil over the excavated area. There shall be no payment for additional fill material, which shall be considered incidental to the demolition bid price. Additional fill material shall be acceptable fill material that meets the requirements of Specification 304 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. C. The Contractor shall employ hand labor where the use of power machinery is unsafe or unable to produce a finished job. Hand labor shall also be used to clean the site of any debris. Section IV -a 02050 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. The site shall be graded to conform to all surrounding areas and shall be finished to have a uniform surface that shall not permit pooling of water. The Contractor shall grade and shape the site to drain, complete fine grading and final clean up as part of the lump sum for demolition. E. Before acceptance of the demolition work, the Contractor shall remove all unused material and rubbish from the site of the work, remedy any objectionable conditions the Contractor may have created on private property, and leave the right -of -way in a neat and presentable condition. The Contractor shall not make agreements that allow salvaged or unused material to remain on private property. All ground occupied by the Contractor in connection with the work shall be restored. Restoration shall include appropriate smoothing to its original condition. Final cleaning up shall be subject to approval of the Owner, or his designated representative, and in accordance with applicable regulations. 3.04 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTIONS A. The Contractor will coordinate electrical disconnections with the Engineer and /or the Owners representative. 3.05 SAFETY AND FENCING A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable current federal, state and local safety and health regulations. B. The Contractor shall furnish and place a safety fence around the site of the work adequate to secure the demolition site, including any resulting debris or excavation, and to prevent pedestrian access. The fencing, including all materials, shall be considered incidental to the demolition. The safety fence shall remain in place until the demolished materials are removed from the site and all holes or excavated areas are backfilled. The fencing material shall remain the property of the Contractor representative. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 02050 -4 I ILift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SECTION 02770 Ili BYPASS PUMPING 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor is referred to conditions and requirements given in various I Divisions of the Specifications and Section 01010 - Project Requirements, insofar as such documents affect the work of this Section. 1 1.02 SCOPE A. The Contractor is required to furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power, I maintenance, etc. to implement a temporary pumping system for the purpose of diverting the lift station influent flow around Lift Stations # 7 and 8, so that the stations can be rehabilitated. IB. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping systems shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall employ the ND services of a vendor who can demonstrate to the Engineer that he specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping systems. IC. The Contractor shall provide temporary pumping systems. The system shall be capable of pumping raw wastewater from the manhole at the influent side I of the pump station to the new bypass connection at the effluent side, as shown on the Drawings, completely bypassing the existing stations. The temporary pumping system shall be capable of pumping the variable I wastewater flows received by the lift station. The Bypass Pumping System shall be capable of pumping up to 150% of the peak flow conditions with one pump and provide a backup pump for 100% redundancy. D. It is required under this section that the Contractor rovides all necessary Y means to safely convey all flows past the work areas. It will not be permitted Ito stop or impede the sanitary sewer flows under any circumstances. E. The Contractor's bid price shall include the following for each bypass Ipumping system: one pump and a backup with sound attenuation housing (maximum noise level of 70dBA @ 7 meters) as well as all necessary controls, a high water alarm signal (light) to indicate pump operational problems and to activate the backup pump, autodialer, 24 hour on -call responsible operator and maintenance personnel. The contractor shall be p capable of having maintenance personnel onsite within one hour of receiving notice that there are problems associated with a bypass pumping system. Section IV -a 02770 -1 I Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.03 SPECIAL PRECAUTION A. The Contractor is notified that the bypass pumping at the lift stations is critical and must be maintained at all times. If any spills of raw wastewater occur due to the failure of the Contractor to maintain the temporary pumping when needed, the Contractor shall be responsible for any fines levied on City of Clearwater by the FDEP or any other applicable agency. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings detailing sewage bypass system. Information that must be contained in the shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Pump curves and installation details 2. Control system logic and details 3. Piping system 4. Site plan 5. Emergency phone number 6. Noise attenuation system 7. Bypass Pumping System Vendor information and qualifications PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PUMPS A. The pumps and drives shall be rated for continuous duty and shall be capable of pumping the specified flow range without surging, cavitation, or vibration. The pump shall not overload the driver at any point on the pump operating curve. Rotative components shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The pump shall be suitable for use with raw unscreened sewage and trash. The pump shall be a self- contained unit, designed for temporary use. B. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self priming units that do not require the use of foot - valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps shall be diesel powered. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of flows. Section IV -a 02770 -2 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. Pumps shall be engine driven on skid bases or highway trailer with centralized lifting bracket and integral fuel tank. The pump shall be direct coupled to an electric start diesel engine. D. Pump shall have a ductile iron casing, suction cover, separation tank, and non - return valve, a high nickel steel open impeller, front and rear wear plate, shaft sleeve and shaft. E. Pump seals shall be constructed of silicon carbide, of the mechanical type, and shall be located in an oil bath. This will allow lubrication by the oil, not the wastewater and will allow pump operation at periods of low flow. F The current operating points for Lift Stations 7 & 8 are: 1. LS 7: 2,000 gpm at 72 feet TDH (two pumps running together). 2. LS 8: 500 gpm at 28 feet TDH. G. The Bypass Pumping Systems shall be capable of pumping up to 150% of the peak flow conditions with only one of the two bypass pumps operating: 1. LS 7: 3,000 gpm at 108 feet TDH. 2. LS 8: 750 gpm at 42 feet TDH. 2.02 PUMP CONTROLS A. The pumps will be automatically started and stopped with float switches mounted inside the incoming man hole. And additional float switch will be connected to the Auto dialer system that will contact all the relevant persons should the level reach a predetermined critical point. 2.03 PIPING A. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge system must be constructed of semi -rigid pipe with positive, leak -proof connections. All pipe must be 100 psi rated working pressure and full vacuum. Adequate vents will be provided suitably arranged to prevent spillage of raw sewage. B. Pipe shall be high density polyethylene pipe with fused joints or ductile iron pie with flanged joints or victaulic couplings for a leak -proof piping system. C. "Irrigation" type pipe or aluminum construction pipe will not be acceptable. 2.04 TEMPORARY PLUGS A. Plugs shall be inflatable plugs constructed of cross - biased cording reinforced natural rubber. Plugs shall be equipped with steel pull rings, cast aluminum ends, and a rupture disk to prevent over inflation. Inflatable plugs shall Section IV -a 02770 -3 r Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid model Test -Ball as manufactured by Cherne Industries of Minneapolis, MN, or equal. B. All plugs shall be firmly attached to a stationary object at ground level by a steel cable in order to prevent loss of plug in the pipeline. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING INSTALLATION A. Equipment specified in this section shall be installed in strict accordance with 1 the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Installation shall include furnishing oil, fuel, grease, lubricants, tools and spare parts that may be required to maintain the operation of the pump throughout the construction period, as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for maintaining the temporary pumps and appurtenances. At the end of the construction period, the contractor shall remove the pumps and appurtenances. B. The pumps are to be installed for temporary use only and shall be removed I by the Contractor prior to completion of the contract. The contractor shall be responsible for proper operation of the complete pumping system, which includes pump, driver, controls, and appropriate pipe connections, during the construction period. C. Adequate hoisting equipment for each pump and accessories shall be , maintained on the site. D. The Contractor shall insure that the temporary pumping system is properly maintained and a responsible operator shall be on hand at all times when pumps are operating. , E. The temporary pumping system shall be placed in service a minimum of 24 hours before any work may begin. I F Once written permission is issued, the Contractor shall remove all components of the temporary pumping system. The Contractor shall perform all restoration work to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION 1 Section IV -a 02770 -4 h Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SECTION 03010 CONCRETE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The extent of poured -in -place concrete work is shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals B. Section 15066 — Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit manufacturer's specifications with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds and others as requested by the Engineer. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangements of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required at openings through concrete structures. C. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test as specified. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: A. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings;" B. ACI 305 "Hot Weather Concreting;" C. ACI 306 "Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting;" Section IV -a 03010 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. ACI 311.4R "Guide for Concrete Inspection;" E. ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice For Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures;" F. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete;" G. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork;" H. ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete;" I. ACI 540R "Guide to Sealing Joints in Concrete Structures;" J. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice;" and K. Where local building code requirements exist, comply with provisions of such codes, which are more stringent than the preceding codes and standards. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmanship: The Contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work, which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete as approved by the Engineer. All defects shall be repaired to Owner's satisfaction. B. Construction Tolerances 1. Variation from Grade: For grades shown for slabs, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 foot maximum, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. 2. Variation from Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 foot maximum, nor one inch in 40 feet or more. 3. Variation in Cross - Sectional Dimensions: For thickness of slabs, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch nor plus 1/2 inch. 1.06 TESTING AND MIX DESIGN A. Testing Before Construction: Employ concrete testing laboratory, acceptable to Owner or Engineer, at Contractor's expense to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Section IV -a 03010 -2 1 t • Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. Tests for Concrete Materials 1. Test aggregates by the methods of sampling and testing of ASTM C33. 2. For Portland cement, sample the cement and determine the properties by the methods of test of ASTM C -150. 3. Certificates of material properties and compliance with specified requirements may be submitted in lieu of testing, when acceptable to the Engineer. 4. Proportioning and Design of Mixes a. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to the Owner for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. b. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each class of concrete required, complying with ACI 211.1. c. Submit written reports to the Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been approved by the Engineer. 5. Laboratory Trial Batches a. When laboratory trial batches are used to select concrete proportions, prepare test specimens in accordance with ASTM C192 and conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C39, as specified in ACI 301. b. Establish a curve showing relationship between water - cement ratio (or cement content) and compressive strength with at least three points representing batches which produce strengths above and below that required. Use not less than three specimens tested at 28 days, or an earlier age when acceptable to the Engineer, to establish each point on the curve. 6. Field Experience Method a. When field experience methods are used to select concrete proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301. Section IV -a 03010 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid b. Strength data for establishing standard deviation will be considered suitable if the concrete production facility has certified records consisting of at least thirty consecutive tests in one group or the statistical average for two groups totaling thirty or more tests, representing similar materials and project conditions. c. Standard Deviation: If standard deviation exceeds 600 psi or if no suitable records are available, select proportions to produce an average strength of at least 1200 psi greater than the required compressive strength of concrete. d. After sufficient experience and test data become available from the job, using ACI214 methods of evaluation, the standard deviation may be reduced when the probable frequency of an average of three consecutive tests below required compressive strength will not exceed one in one hundred. 7. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes a. Mix design adjustments may be requested by the Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Engineer. b. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer before using in the work. 8. Compressive Strength: 4000 psi. 9. Admixtures: Use air - entraining admixture in all concrete, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air - entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content by volume within the following limits: a. 6% to 9% for maximum aggregate 1/2 inch and under. b. 4% to 6% for maximum aggregate over 1/2 inch through 1-1/2 inch. c. 2.5% to 4.5% for maximum aggregate over 1 -1/2 inch. 10. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of placement as follows: a. Ramps and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. Section IV -a 03010 -4 1 M Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid b. Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. c. All Other Concrete: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches. 11. Testing During Construction a. Employ at Contractor's expense a testing laboratory. b. The following quality control testing is required during construction: c. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. d. Slump: ASTM C143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one for each set of compressive strength test specimens; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. e. Compressive Strength: ASTM C39; one set of 4 standard cylinders (ASTM C31) for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in any one day or for each 5,000 square feet of surface area placed; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, 2 specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. f. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cubic yards, or the quantity of concrete for any single structure is less than 10 cubic yards, the Engineer may waive compressive strength testing, but such action shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for furnishing concrete of the required strength. g. The strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength and no individual strength test result falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. h. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method or ASTM C173; one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. i. Additional Tests: When test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained, perform additional testing to determine the extent to which deficiencies exist. Additional testing program Section IV -a 03010 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid is to be performed by a testing laboratory and acceptable to the Engineer. Where cored cylinders are utilized to determine adequacy of concrete, comply with ASTM C42. It is the Contractor's responsibility to pay for additional testing. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood -faced or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on Drawings. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly - placed concrete without bow or deflection. Where plywood is used in form -work, provide material complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "A -C or B -B High Density Overlaid Concrete For ", Class I, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form- coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 unless otherwise shown. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain, cold- drawn, steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, welded steel wire fabric. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise specified. Solid precast concrete block may be used for supporting footing and foundation mats against earth material. Wood, clay, brick and Section IV -a 03010 -6 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid other non - standard devices will not be acceptable. 1. For slabs -on- grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base materials will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. Use only one brand of cement throughout the project, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. B. Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for all exposed concrete. 1. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. 2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, crushed granite or similar hard stone processed from natural rock or stone, and containing no clay, mud, loam or foreign matter. 3. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/4 inches. C. Water: Clean, fresh, and safely drinkable by humans. D. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260. E. Fly Ash and Other Pozzodanic Materials: ASTM C618, Type C or Type F 2.04 RELATED MATERIALS A. Grout: Ready mixed Portland cement, sand and water mixture conforming with materials and mix design of highest strength project- required concrete except for deletion of coarse aggregate. B. Non - shrink Grout: Factory- premixed cementious material containing no corrosive material, which is non - shrink from time of placement and shows no expansion after final set when tested under ASTM C827, has an initial setting time of not less than 45 minutes, has a 24 hour compressive strength of not less than 4,000 psi under ASTM C109 for a Section IV -a 03010 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid trowelable mix, and is selected and applied in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbbell type or center -bulb type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated. Size to suit joints. Polyvinyl chloride as per CE CRD- 0572. D. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately nine ounces per square yard, complying with AASHTO M182, Class 2. E. Moisture - Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C171. 1. Waterproof paper 2. Polyethylene film 3. Polyethylene- coated burlap F. Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1 unless other acceptable to Engineer. G. Concrete inserts for hangers shall be designed to support safely, in the concrete that is used, the maximum load that can be imposed by the hangers used in the inserts. Inserts for hangers shall be of a type which will permit adjustment of the hangers both horizontally (in one plane) and vertically and locking of the hanger head or nut. All inserts shall be galvanized. 2.05 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C94, and as herein specified. B. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. C. When the air temperature is between 85 °F and 90 °F, reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temperature is above 90 °F, reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. Section IV -a 03010 -8 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS Issued for Bid A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in -place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Construct forms complying with ACI 347, to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide back -up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal. E. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for clean -out, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as shown, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. G. Form Ties: Factory- fabricated, adjustable - length, metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal, and to prevent passage of water along tie surface through concrete. H. Provide ties so portion remaining within concrete is at least one inch inside concrete, and do not leave holes larger than one inch diameter in concrete surface. I. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from Section IV -a 03010 -9 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements 1 Issued for Bid , trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. J. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT Comply with the specified codes and standards, and Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars ", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. A. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials, which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. B. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. C. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond the last leg of continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.03 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install necessary construction joints, which are not shown on the Drawings, so as not impair the strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to the Engineer. B. Provide keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and between walls and footings; accepted bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for slabs. Construct keyways 1 -1/2 inches deep unless otherwise detailed. Section IV -a 03010 -10 101 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcement across construction joints. D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form a continuous diaphragm in each joint. Make provisions to support and protect waterstops during the progress of the work. Fabricate field joints in waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Protect waterstop material from damage where it protrudes from any point. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs on ground as shown on the Drawings. F. Control Joints in Slabs -on- Ground: Construct control joints in slabs -on- ground to form panels of patterns as shown. Use inserts 1 /8 to 1/4 inch wide x 1 /4 of the slab depth, unless otherwise shown. G. Form control joints by inserting a pre - molded plastic, hardboard or fiberboard strip into the fresh concrete until the top surface of the strip is flush with the slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After the concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto. B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain the required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support the types of screeds required. Align the concrete surface to the elevation of the screed strips by the use of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Clean re -used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form - coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Section IV -a 03010 -11 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements 1 Issued for Bid ' B. Thin form- coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and under conditions of the form - coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form- coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Coat steel forms with a non - staining, rust - preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust - stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Pre - Placement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete the formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as required. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete, where form coatings are not used. B. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and moisture barriers with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. C. Construction Sequence: Before placing any concrete, complete blasting, heavy earthwork and other construction operations, which might cause damage to concrete structures. D. General: Comply with ACI 304, and as herein specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in- layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete, which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. E. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. F. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309 recommended practices. G. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the placed layer of concrete and at least 6 inches into the preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary Section IV -a 03010 -12 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix. H. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of apanel or section is completed. I. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. J. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and strike -off Use bull floats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. K. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete placement operations. L. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305R and as herein specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 °F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing water. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and sub -grade just before concrete is placed. 4. Do not use retarding admixtures without the written acceptance of the Engineer. 3.07 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Concealed Surfaces: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed -to -view in the finished work, leave surface finish imparted by the form facing material used, with defective areas and form tie voids repaired and patched as specified, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed flush. B. Visible Surfaces: For formed concrete surfaces expose -to -view, including those surfaces of water or other material holding structures visible when the structure is empty, or surfaces that are to be covered with a thin or flexible finish material bonded to the Section IV -a 03010 -13 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid concrete, perform finish operations as specified above under "Concealed Surfaces ", and in addition wet and rub entire surfaces with a carborundum stone of medium fineness until all form marks and other surface irregularities have been removed and a uniform surface appearance achieved. Do not create a plaster coating on concrete. C. Unformed Visible Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces. 3.08 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified. 1. After screeding, consolidating and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of floats. 2. Consolidate surface with power- driven floats, or by hand - floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. 3. Check and level surface plane so that depressions between high spots do not exceed 6/16 inch under a 10 foot straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. 4. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. B. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed -to -view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or other thin film finish coating system. 1. After floating, begin the first trowel finish operation using a power- driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. 2. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand- troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a level surface plane so that depressions between high spots do not exceed 1/8 inch under a 10 foot straightedge. 3. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering Section IV -a 03010 -14 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid system. C. Non -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 2. Coordinate required final finish with the Engineer before application. 3.09 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying, and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. 1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. 2. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least seven days and in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by one or more of the following methods as selected by the Contractor: 1. Moisture Curing a. Provide moisture curing by covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive cover. b. Provide moisture -cover curing by covering concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and water -proof tape. 2. Membrane Curing Section IV -a 03010 -15 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid a. Provide membrane curing by applying compound to damp concrete surfaces as soon as film has disappeared. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller equipment in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas that are subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. b. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete or with a covering material bonded to concrete, such as other concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Initially cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by moist curing. 5. Final cure unformed surfaces, unless otherwise specified, by methods specified above, as applicable. 3.10 FORM REMOVAL A. In all cases, time and sequence of concrete form removal is at Contractor discretion. B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beams and slabs must remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has attained minimum design 28 day compressive strength. C. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of beams, walls and columns, may be removed no sooner than 48 hours after placement of concrete or when concrete is sufficiently hard as not to be damaged by form removal operations. 3.11 RE -USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating Section IV -a 03010 -16 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 401 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid compound as specified for new formwork. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and lutein, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Engineer. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling -In: Fill -in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to burbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations, as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with certified diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Grout base plates and foundations as indicated, using specified non - shrink grout. Use non - metallic grout for exposed conditions, unless otherwise indicated. 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, but only when acceptable to Engineer. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/8 inch in any dimension and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case to a depth of less than one inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to be patched with neat cement grout. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. 1. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color of surrounding surface. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. Section IV -a 03010 -17 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 2. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Owner or Engineer. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets and holes left by tie rods and bolts; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement core plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 3. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. 4. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having a required slope. 5. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non - reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 6. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 7. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to the Engineer. 8. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding one inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete, and brush with a neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Place patching concrete before grout takes its initial set. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of the same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete. Section IV -a 03010 -18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 9. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over one inch in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut -out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Place dry -pack before cement grout takes its initial set. Mix dry -pack, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2 1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched areas continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 10. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Engineer. B. Agreement by the Engineer to permit repair or patching of concrete does not waive the Owner's authority to require complete removal and replacement of defective concrete pours should the patch not prove satisfactory to the Owner, due either to deficiency in strength, function or appearance. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 03010 -19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Issued for Bid Extent of structural precast concrete construction work is shown on drawings. Precast concrete work is associated with the LS 8 top slab as detailed on the construction drawings. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 02220: Excavation, Filling and Grading B. Section 02615: Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings C. Section 11303: Pumping Equipment 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provision of following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise indicated: 1) ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" 2) ACI 318 "Building code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 3) Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice" B. Workmanship: Firms which have 5 years or more of successful experience in fabrication of circular precast concrete pipe and wetwell units will be acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. It is expressly understood by the Contractor that no time extensions to the contract will be allowed for delays in the fabrication of the precast or liner components. 1) Fabricator must be producer member of the Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) and /or participate in its Plant Certification Program. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. Section IV -a 03410 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation of precast concrete wet well units as shown on drawings. For precast items, indicate member dimensions and cross section; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. C. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. B. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCING MATERIALS Reinforcing Steel: Reinforcing shall consist of welded wire fabric conforming to ASTM Specifications A185 or A497, or grade 60 reinforcing steel Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI recommendations. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS Portland Cement: Ready -mixed conforming to ASTM C94 Alternate 2. Aggregates: 1" to #4 per ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source. Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. Section IV -a 03410 -2 l 1 1 1 1 I Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for the type of concrete required, complying with ASTM C94, Alt. 2 and ACI 318. A. Produce precast wetwell sections utilizing standard weight concrete and consisting of specified portland cement, aggregates, admixtures, and water to produce the following properties: 1) Compressive strength: 4,000 psi minimum at 28 days as determined by testing in accordance with the latest ASTM test procedures. 2) Cure compression test cylinders using some methods as used for precast concrete work. 2.4 JOINT SEALING /GASKET MATERIAL Supply and install preformed, continuous, "0" ring or pre - molded plastic joint sealing gasket material at all joints of the wetwell sections. Gaskets to be RAM -NEK #2 as manufactured by KT Syneder, Houston, Texas or approved equivalent. 2.5 TOP SLAB CONSTRUCTION A. 4000 psi concrete, contractor to submit mix design. Maximum course aggregate size: 1 '/4 ". B. Grade 60 reinforcing steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Clean ends of sections of all foreign material prior to joining. Inspect sections for chips at cracks in the tongue which may impair the watertight joining of the sections. Report cracks to the Engineer when found. Replace cracked or chipped sections at no expense to the owner. Install joint sealing gaskets and pipe primer in accordance with gasket manufacturer's recommendations. Mate precast sections to foundation slab and each other so as to prevent damage to gaskets and liner material during installation. Repair or replace damaged sections or liner immediately upon discovery of the defect at no additional cost to the owner. Section IV -a 03410 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 3.2 COATINGS The exterior of the wet well of the pumping station shall be coated with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy. Each coat will consist of 8 mils of dry thickness for a total of 16 mils. 3.3 WARRANTY A one year manufacturer's warranty shall be supplied the Owner upon installation of the item and satisfactory acceptance of same by the Owner. END SECTION 03410 Section IV -a 03410 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Issued for Bid Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install all miscellaneous metal as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section III, Article 6.11.1 — Shop Drawings, Samples, RFIs and Submittal Review. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing standard items. B. Shop drawings showing materials, sizes, finishes, locations, attached hardware and fittings, and details for manufactured items and fabricated metalwork, including field erection details showing cuts, copes, connections, holes, thread fasteners and welds. Indicate welds, both shop and field, by symbols conforming to AWS standards. Indicate coatings or other protection against corrosion. Submittals in accordance with Section on General Specifications. C. Getting diagrams, erection plans, templates and directions for installation of backing plates, anchors, and other such similar items. D. Material compliance certification with standards designated. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Aluminum Association 1. AA 5052 - Aluminum Sheet and Plate, Rolled Rod and Bar and Drawn Tube 2. AA 6061 T6 - Aluminum Sheet and Plate 3. AA 6061 T5 - Aluminum Extruded Shapes 4. AA 6063 T6 - Aluminum Extruded Pipe 5. AA 5005 - Sheet and Plate 6. Finishes Section IV -a 05500 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid a. AA M31 - Mechanical Finish, Fine Satin b. AA C22 - Chemical Finish, Medium Matte c. AA A41 - Clear Anodic Coating, Class I B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1. AISI, Type 316 Stainless Steel Bolts, Bars and Shapes 2. AISI, Type 316 Stainless Steel Plate and Sheet C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI A14.3 - Safety Requirement for Fixed Ladders D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A36 - Specification for Structural Steel 2. ASTM A48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings 3. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless 4. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 5. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coated (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 6. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 7. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 8. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 9. ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners 10. ASTM A312 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Pipe. 11. ASTM A325 - Specification for High- Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Section IV -a 05500 -2 1 *1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid Joints 12. ASTM A366 - Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold ?Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 13. ASTM A611 - Specification for Steel, Cold- Rolled Sheet, Carbon, Structural 14. ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process 15. ASTM B26 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy and Castings. 16. ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate 17. ASTM B211 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire. 18. ASTM B221 - Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes 19. ASTM B241 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruder Tube. 20. ASTM B429 - Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS "Structural Welding Code ", D1.1 2. AWS Specification for Arc Welding (Type E70XX) Welding Rods for Steel F. ASME International (ASME) 1. ASME B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series G. SSPC: The Society of Protective Coatings (SSPC) 1. SSPC - Paint 20 - Paint Specification No. 20 Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic" and Type II, "Organic ") H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 01 Life Safety Code Section IV -a 05500 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this section shall be completely coordinated with the work of other Sections. Verify at the site both the dimensions and work of other trades adjoining items of work in this section before fabrication and installation of items herein specified. B. Furnish to the pertinent trades all items included under this section that are to be built into the work of other sections. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Identify and match -mark all materials, items and fabrications, for installation and field assembly. B. Deliver items to job -site as complete units, wherever practicable, ready for installation or erection, with all anchors, hangers, fasteners and miscellaneous metal items required for installation. C. Carefully handle and store materials, protected from weather, rusting and other damage. D. Store structural shapes, pipes, tubes and sheets off the ground on suitable supports, with webs or flanged shapes vertical. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes and Plates 1. Steel: ASTM A36 2. Nuts, Bolts, Rivets, Washers, and Anchorage Devices: ASTM A325 and AISC Specification referenced under Part 1. 3. Steel Sheets: Cold- rolled or hot - rolled carbon steel, ASTM A366, or ASTM A569. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Standard Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and, Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless; Type S, Grade B, Schedule 40, black finish. B. High - Strength, Low Alloy Corrosion - Resistant Steel: Section IV -a 05500 -4 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 •11 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1. Plates, shapes, and bars: ASTM A242 or A588. 2. Sheet and strip ASTM A606 Type A. C. Stainless Steel 1. Type 316 unless otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Shapes and Bars: ASTM A276. 3. Plate, Sheet, and Strip: ASTM A167. 4. Tubing: ASTM A269. 5. Pipe: ASTM A312, Schedule 40S. D. Aluminum 1. Plates, rolled or extruded shapes, sheets or castings conforming (unless otherwise permitted or indicated) to Aluminum Association alloy and temper designations. 2. Rolled structural shapes and plates 6061 -T6. 3. Extruded structural shapes 6063 -T5. 4. Castings 214. 5. Sheets Alclad 3003 -H14 and 3003. 6. Bolts and nuts 2024 -T4. 7. Pipe railings Schedule 40, ASTM, B241, 6063 -T6. 8. Finishes (pipe railings only) - NAAMM Class 1 AA -A41 clear coating. E. Fasteners: Provide hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls and pillars. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required per the approval of the Engineer. 1. Bolts and nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Lag bolts: Square head type, FS FF -B -561. 3. Machine screws: Steel, FS FF -S -92. 4. Masonry and concrete anchorage devices: Expansion shields FS FF -S325. Section IV -a 05500 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid F. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items specified to be galvanized as follows: 1. ASTM A153, for galvanizing steel hardware. 2. ASTM A123, for galvanizing assembled steel products. G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC - Paint 20 2.02 ANCHORS, BOLTS, AND FASTENING DEVICES A. All necessary bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, washers, plates and bolt sleeves shall be furnished by the Contractor in accordance herewith. Anchor bolts shall have suitable washers and, where so required, their nuts shall be hexagonal. B. Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, screws, washers, and related appurtenances specified to be stainless steel shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless noted otherwise. C. Expansion bolts shall be stainless steel unless otherwise specified. D. Unless otherwise specified, stud, tap, and machine bolts, and nuts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A307. Hexagonal nuts of the same quality of metal as the bolts shall be used. All threads shall be clean cut and shall conform to ANS B1.1 for Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form I). E. Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers, specified to be galvanized, shall be zinc coated, after being threaded, by the hot dip process in conformity with ASTM A123, or ASTM A153, as is appropriate. F Anchor bolts and expansion bolts shall be set accurately. If anchor bolts are set before the concrete has been placed, they shall be carefully held in suitable templates of acceptable design. Where indicated on the Drawings, specified, or required, anchor bolts shall be provided with square plates at least 4 in. by 4 in. by 3/8 in. or shall have square heads and washers and be set in the concrete forms with suitable sleeves, or both. If anchor or expansion bolts are set after the concrete has been placed, all necessary drilling and grouting or caulking shall be done by the Contractor and care shall be taken not to damage the structure or finish by cracking, chipping, spalling, or otherwise during the drilling and caulking. 2.03 HANDRAILS A. The handrail systems shall comply with all OSHA, NFPA 101 Code and Florida Building Code 2001 Edition. B. Posts and railings shall be a minimum of 1 1/2 -inch inside diameter Schedule 40 Section IV -a 05500 -6 1 1 (ft 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid Galvanized Steel Pipe. Post spacing shall be a maximum of 6' -0 ". C. Rails shall be designed to withstand a 200 pound concentrated load applied in any direction. Rails shall also be designed to withstand a 50 pound per linear foot load applied horizontally. D. Toe plates shall conform to OSHA standards and shall be a minimum of 4 inches high. 2.04 GRATING A. Grating shall be fabricated of galvanized steel. B. Grating shall support a uniform line load of 200 pounds per square foot with a deflection of no more than 1/4 inch. Section IV -a 05500 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Anchorage: Provide anchorage for fastening work securely in place. Set anchors in concrete as the work progresses and space not more than 2 feet on centers unless indicated otherwise. Sizes, kinds, and spacing of anchors not indicated or specified shall be as necessary for the purpose, as approved. Anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated includes slotted inserts, expansion shields, and powder - driven fasteners, when approved for concrete; toggle bolts and through bolts for masonry; machine and carriage bolts for steel; through bolts, lag bolts, and screws for wood. Provide inserts of suitable and approved types where required for support or anchorage of equipment and finish construction. B. Fastenings: Do not use wood plugs in any material. Use nonferrous attachments for non - ferrous metal. Make exposed fastenings of compatible materials, generally matching in color and finish, and harmonizing with the material to which fastenings are applied. Conceal fastenings where practicable. Drill and punch to produce clean true lines and surfaces. Countersink metal work to receive hardware. C. Threaded Connections: Make threaded connections tight so that threads are entirely concealed. Make bolted work tight and nick the threads or bush the stem to prevent loosening. Abutting bars shall be shouldered and headed, de- welled and pinned. Pass small bars through larger bars and pin. Rivet, bolt, and screw heads shall be flat and countersunk in exposed work and elsewhere as required. Carefully machine removable member and fit and secure by means of screws or bolts of proper size and approved spacing. 3.02 FABRICATION A. All miscellaneous metal work shall be formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or durability. B. Connections and accessories shall be sufficient strength to safely withstand stresses and strains to which they will be subjected. Steel accessories and connections to steel or cast iron shall be steel, unless otherwise specified. Threshold connections shall be made so that the threads are concealed by fitting. C. Welded joints shall be rigid and continuously welded or spot welded as specified or shown. The face of welds shall be dressed flush and smooth. Exposed joints shall be close fitting and jointed where least conspicuous. D. Welding of parts shall be in accordance with the Standard Code for Are and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the AWS and shall only be done where shown, specified, or permitted by the Engineer. All welding shall be done only by welders Miscellaneous Metals 05500 -8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid certified as to their ability to perform welding in accordance with the requirements of the AWS Code. Component parts of built -up members to be welded shall be adequately supported and clamped or held by other adequate means to hold the parts in proper relation for welding. E. Welding of aluminum work shall be on the unexposed side as much as possible in order to prevent pitting or discoloration. F. All aluminum finish exposed surfaces, except as otherwise specified, shall have manufacturer's standard mill finish. Aluminum handrails shall be given an anodic oxide treatment in accordance with the Aluminum Association Specification AA ?C22 ?A41. G. All steel finish work shall be thoroughly cleaned, by effective means, of all loose mill scale, rust, and foreign matter before shipment and shall be given 1 shop coat of primer compatible with finish coats specified in Section 09941 - Field Painting after fabrication but before shipping. Paint shall be applied to dry surfaces and shall be thoroughly and evenly spread and well worked into joints and other open spaces. Abrasions in the field shall be touched up with primer immediately after erection. H. Galvanizing, where required, shall be the hot dip zinc process after fabrication. Following all manufacturing operations, all items to be galvanized shall be thoroughly cleaned, pickled, fluxed, and completely immersed in a bath of molten zinc according to ASTM A653. The resulting coating shall be adherent and shall be the normal coating to be obtained by immersing the items in a bath of molten zinc and allowing them to remain in the batch until their temperature becomes the same as the bath. Coating shall be not less than 2 ounces per square foot of surface. Zinc coating, which has been burned by welding, abraded, or otherwise damaged, shall be cleaned and repaired after installation. The damaged area shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brushing and all traces of welding flux and loose or cracked zinc coating removed prior to painting. The cleaned area shall be painted with two coats of zinc oxide -zinc dust paint conforming to the requirements of SSPC - Paint 20. The paint shall be properly compounded with a suitable vehicle in the ratio of 1 part zinc oxide to 4 parts zinc dust by weight. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install all items furnished except items to be embedded in concrete, which shall be installed under Division 3, respectively. Items to be attached to concrete after such work is completed shall be installed in accordance with the details shown. All dimensions shall be verified at the site before fabrication is started. 3.04 PAINTING Section IV -a 05500 -9 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid A. Where aluminum contacts a dissimilar metal, masonry, or concrete, a protective coating shall be applied to the aluminum. 1. Prior to field coating, the surface shall be prepared by removing all grease, oil, dirt, dust, and other soluble contaminants by Solvent Cleaning (SSPC -SP1). Remove remaining contaminants and establish a surface profile by hand sanding, power sanding, power grinding, or Brush -Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC -SP7). Proper surface profile will have a consistent roughness that is similar to 100 grit sandpaper. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and abraded prior to the application of any coatings. All prepared surfaces must be primed as soon as possible the same day in order to prevent re- contamination of the surface. 2. The surface shall be field primed with a Polyamide Epoxy(56 %), Tnemec Series 66 H.B. Epoxoline or equal, at a dry film thickness of 2.5 -3.5 mils. 3. The finish coat shall be a Polyamide Epoxy(56 %), Tnemec Series 66 H.B. Epoxoline or equal, at a dry film thickness of 2.5 -3.5 mils. END OF SECTION 05500 Section IV -a 05500 -10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 le 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SECTION 09117 SPECTRASHIELD PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for the application of a protective coating system to the existing wet well of lift station (LS) 8. This section details the methods, procedures, materials and equipment as required for the Protective Coating System. The completed total system will provide a corrosion - resistant coating that restores walls to original surface levels and eliminates water infiltration and exfiltration. B. Limits of work shall be as shown and described on the drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM 4541 — Adhesion B. ASTM D412 - Tensile Strength (PSI) C. ASTM D412 - Elongation ( %) D. ASTM D2240 - Tear Strength (PLI) E. ASTM D1737 — Hardness F. ASTM D1737 - Flexibility (1/8 mandrel) G. ASTM 4060 - Taber Abrasion (mg loss) H. CIGMAT Evaluation (UH 96 -7) of Spectrashield Liner System for Wastewater Concrete and Clay Brick Facilities. University of Houston Department of Civil Engineering: December 1996. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. All materials and procedures required to establish compliance with the specifications shall be submitted to the Owner or Engineer for review /approval. Submittals shall include at least the following: 1. Manufacturer's current printed recommendations and product data sheets for products supplied under this section including performance criteria, surface preparation and applications, and safety requirements. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any materials brought on -site Section IV -a 09117 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid including all resurfacing and coating system materials, solvents, and abrasive blast media. 3. Storage requirements including temperature, humidity, and ventilation for repair and coating system materials. 4. Manufacturer's requirements, including application procedures for resurfacing materials and coating materials, shall be in writing and shall be followed in detail. All safety precautions recommended by the Manufacturer shall be strictly adhered to at all times when work is in progress. 5. If installation is not be performed by the coating manufacturer, other installer must be certified by manufacturer. Submit manufacturer's certification of installer. 6. ASTM References. 7. CIGMAT Evaluation. 8. Descriptive literature, bulletins and or catalogs of materials. 9. Work procedures including flow diversion plan, method of repair, etc. 10. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in manholes. 11. Final installation report on completed manholes. 1.04 10 -YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY A. Manufacturer (not contractor) shall warrant the coating against failure for a period of ten (10) years. Failure will be deemed to have occurred if the protective lining fails to (a) prevent the internal damage or corrosion of the structure (b) protect the substrate and environment from contamination by effluent. If any such failure occurs within ten (10) years of initial completion of work on a structure, the damage will be repaired to restore the lining at no cost to the Owner within 60 days after written notification of the failure. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer and /or applicator of the protective coating system shall be a company that specializes in the design, manufacture or installation of corrosion protection systems for wastewater structures and manholes. Applicator shall be Section IV -a 09117 -2 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 s� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid completely trained in leak repair, surface preparation and corrosion materials application on wastewater structures and manholes. Corrosion materials /products shall be suitable for installation in a severe hydrogen sulfide environment without any deterioration to the coating. B. The applicator shall be trained and certified by the manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating system as described herein. C. To ensure total unit responsibility, all materials and installation thereof shall be furnished and coordinated with /by one supplier /applicator who turnkeys the work and assumes full responsibility for the entire operation. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be stored in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations in an area or areas designated solely for this purpose. Confine mixing, thinning, clean -up and associated operations, and storage of debris before authorized disposal, to these areas. Protect all other concrete and metallic surfaces and finishes from any spillage of material(s) within the mixing area. B. Deliver all materials to the jobsite in their original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. C. Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, prematurely opened, diluted materials, or materials which have exceeded their shelf life. D. The Contractor shall take all precautions and implement all measures necessary to avert potential hazards associated with all materials as described on the pertinent Material Safety Data Sheets or container labels. E. Do not use floor drains, plumbing fixtures, dikes, or storm drains for disposal of resurfacing system materials. 1.07 SAFETY A. The installer shall follow OSHA regulations, especially those regarding Confined Space Entry, Fall Protection, Respiratory Protection, and Personal Protective Equipment. B. The Contractor shall provide personnel with all safety equipment necessary to protect them during any phase of the work. This shall include, but not be limited Section IV -a 09117 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid to, safety glasses, goggles, earplugs, hard hats, steel toed work shoes, appropriate personal protective clothing, gloves, and dust masks. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The materials to be utilized in the lining of structures shall be designed and manufactured to withstand the severe effects of hydrogen sulfide in a wastewater environment. Manufacturer of corrosion protection products shall have long proven experience in the production of the lining products utilized and shall have satisfactory installation record. B. The coating system shall be composed of four (4) layers: 1.) epoxy primer, 2.) moisture barrier (modified polymer), 3.) surfaces (polyurethane /polymeric blend foam) and 4.) a final barrier coat (modified polymer). The system shall be installed in four (4) individual steps resulting in a total thickness of approximately one (1) mm. C . Equipment for installation of lining materials shall be high quality grade and be as recommended by the manufacturer. D. The lining system to be utilized for manhole structures shall be a multi- component stress skin panel coating system. E. Approved material Spectrashield Coating or Approved Equal. Pump Station and Influent Manholes: 1. Coating. Installation Moisture displacement barrier Moisture barrier Surfacer Final corrosion barrier 2. Primer shall be 100% solids Coating Primer Modified Polymer Polyurethane /Polymeric blend foam Modified polymer 3. Modified polymer shall be sprayable, solvent free, two- component polymeric, moisture /chemical barrier specifically developed for the corrosive wastewater environment. Section IV -a 09117 -4 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION Issued for Bid A. Applicator shall take appropriate action to comply with all local, state and federal regulations including those set forth by OSHA, EPA, the Owner and any other applicable authorities. B. Prior to conducting any work, perform inspection of structure to determine need for protection against hazardous gases or oxygen depleted atmosphere. C. New Portland cement structures shall have endured a minimum of 28 days since manufacture prior to commencing installation of the coating system. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Conduct surface preparation program to include monitoring of atmosphere for hydrogen sulfide, methane, low oxygen or other gases, approved flow control equipment, and surface preparation equipment. B. Surface preparation methods may include high pressure water cleaning, hydro blasting, abrasive blasting, grinding, detergent water cleaning and shall be suited to provide a surface compatible for installation of the coating system. C. Surface preparation method shall produce a cleaned, abraded and sound surface with no evidence of laitance, loose concrete, brick or mortar, contaminants or debris, and shall display a surface profile suitable for application of the coating system. D. After completion of surface preparation, perform the seven point check list, which is the inspection for: 1. Leaks 2. Cracks 3. Holes 4. Exposed Rebar 5. Ring and Cover condition (manholes only) Section IV -a 09117 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements 6. Invert Condition (manholes only) 7. Inlet and Outlet Pipe Condition Issued for Bid E. After the defects in the structure are identified, repair all leaks with a chemical or hydraulic sealant designed for use in field sealing of ground water. Severe cracks shall be repaired with a urethane based chemical sealant. Product to be utilized shall be as approved by Owner or Engineer prior to installation. Repairs to exposed rebar, defective pipe penetrations or inverts, etc. shall be repaired utilizing non - shrink grout or approved alternative method. 3.03 MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Application procedures shall conform to recommendations of the manufacturer, including materials handling, mixing, environmental controls during application, safety and spray equipment. B. Spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the coating system. C. Application of multi- component coating system shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Final installation shall be a minimum of 500 millimeters. A permanent identification and date of work performed shall be affixed to the structure in a readily visible location. D. Provide final written report to Owner or Engineer detailing the location, date of report, and description of repair. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Final coating system shall be completely free of pinholes or voids. Coating thickness shall be the minimum value as described herein. B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Owner or Engineer and Manufacturer's Representative. Any deficiencies in the finished coating system shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth by Manufacturer. C. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a summary report to the Owner or Engineer indicating that the Protective Coating System was properly installed. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 09117 -6 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 I r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 09900 PAINTINGS AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Issued for Bid A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor equipment, and incidentals required to provide a protective coating system for the surfaces listed herein and not otherwise excluded. B. The work includes painting and finishing of exterior exposed items and surfaces such as bollards, pipes, fittings, valves and all other work obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on the Drawings. The omission of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to include such items where they come within the general intent of the Specifications as stated herein. C. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. D. The following items shall not be painted: 1. Stainless steel 2. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel finish. 3. Flexible couplings lubricated bearing surfaces, insulation and metal and plastic pipe interiors. 7. Signs and nameplates. 5. Any packing glands, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Surfaces coated with cementitious coating. E. The wet well of Lift Station # 8 shall be coated in accordance with Section 09117 - Spectrashield Protective Coating System or Section 09910 - Green MonsterTM Liner System. Section IV -a 09900 -1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide manufacturer's data and samples as indicated below in accordance with Section III, Article 6.11.1 — Shop Drawings, Samples, RFIs and Submittal Review. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NACE, National Association of Corrosion Engineers B. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials 1 C. SSPC, Steel Structures Painting Council 1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly 1 manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product shall not be acceptable. Brand identification is keyed to products of Tnemec Co., Inc., Kansas City, MO, to establish standard of quality or approved equal. B. Provide an undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. C. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible. 1 D. Painting shall be accomplished by experienced painters specializing in industrial painting familiar with all aspects of surface preparations and applications required for this project. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - NOT USED 1 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, uno ened packages and job p P 9 containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. 1. Provide labels on each container with the followin g information: a. Name or title of material 1 b. Federal specification number if applicable Section IV -a 09900 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid c. Manufacturer's stock number and color d. Manufacturer's name e. Generic type f. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents g. Application instructions 2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards connected with the use of the paint and steps that should be taken to prevent injury to those handling the product. B. All containers shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent damage or Toss of labels or containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All paint shall be manufactured by one of the following and shall be their highest grade of paint: Tnemec, Koppers, Ameron, Porter, or Rustoleum. Requests to use other paint manufacturers and materials other than specified shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. B. The following coating systems list a product by name to establish a standard of quality; other products of the same generic types may be submitted to the Engineer for approval. When other than the specified coating system is proposed, the Contractor shall submit a typewritten list giving the proposed coatings, brand, trade name, generic type and catalog number of the proposed system for the Engineer's approval. C. Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to underlying paint. D. Emulsion and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint and mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements, including Federal Specification TT -P -19. E. Finish coats containing lead shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled linseed oil. Section IV -a 09900 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid F. Rags shall be clean painters' rags, completing sterilized. 2.02 SHOP COATINGS A. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. The Contractor shall coordinate and ascertain such compatibility with his subcontractors and suppliers. B. No paint containing lead shall be allowed. 2.03 COATING SYSTEMS A. Metal (Non- submerged Exterior) Exterior surfaces and shall include the following: 1. Surfaces to Be Coated a. Bollards b. Aboveground piping c. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, etc. 2. Coating System a. Surface Preparation - Sandblast clean (SSPC -SP6). Hand or power tool clean items are not suitable for sandblast cleaning. All metal surfaces shall be completely degreased by solvent cleaning in compliance with SSPC -SP1. Ductile iron pipe surface prep — NAPF 500- 03 -04. b. Prime Coat Epoxy (3 mils dry) Tnemec Series 66 -1211 Epoxoline New Galvanized Surfaces - SSPC -SP1 Solvent Cleaning Tnemec Series 66 -1211 Epoxoline Primer c. Intermediate Coat 66 -color Hibuild EP (3 mils) 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 d. Finish Coat Aliphatic Polyurethane - Tnemec Series 73 Color Endura Shield (2.5 mils dry) Exposed sanitary sewer ductile iron pipe shall be painted green. 1 Section IV -a 09900 -4 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid Bollards shall be painted OSHA safety yellow. B. New exposed ductile iron piping, fittings, valves and pumps in the wet well and the valve vault shall be coated according to the following coating schedule: COATING SCHEDULE Location, Substrate & Service Surface Preparation Coating Name (Generic /Brand), Series Number, Dry Film Thickness (mils) 1st Coat 2nd Coat 3rd Coat 4th Coat New Exposed Ductile Iron Piping, Fittings, Pumps, and Valves. Immersion (All shall be Shop Primed w/ Polyamide Epoxy, Tnemec Series 66 -1211 or Series N140 -1211 (Red), Hi -Build Epoxoline, 3.0 -5.0 mils) Touch up Shop Primer. Spot repair of damaged areas: Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC- SP3. Spot Prime Bare Metal: Modified Aromatic Polyurethane Primer Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane 2.5 -3.5 mils DFT Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane Tnemec Series 446 Perma - Shield MCU 5.0 -7.0 mils DFT Hydrophobic Aromatic Polyurethane Tnemec Series 446 Perma - Shield MCU 5.0 -7.0 mils DFT PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale, splinters, loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces, which are to be coated. B. Before commencing work, the painter must make certain that surfaces to be covered are in perfect condition. Should the painter find such surfaces impossible of acceptance, he shall report such fact to the Engineer. The application of paint shall be held as an acceptance of the surfaces and working conditions and the painter shall be held responsible for the results reasonably expected from the materials and processes specified. C. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop- coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded Section IV -a 09900 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. D. Surface profile as obtained from sandblasting shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 3.2 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and directions, stirring materials before and during application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of film, dirt and other foreign materials. B. No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned and only in such quantity as directed by the manufacturer in his instructions. If thinning is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to assure the required dry film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's recommended thinner or cleanup solvent shall be used for all clean up. Application by brush, spray, airless spray or roller shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for optimum performance and appearance. 3.3 APPLICATIONS A. All painting shall be done by skilled and experienced craftsmen and shall be of highest quality workmanship. B. Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied. C. All paint shall be at room temperature and the surface to be painted shall be dry and clean. D. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint is of uniform finish, color and appearance. E. Paint shall be applied in a neat manner with finished surfaces free of runs, sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Each coat shall be applied in a manner that shall produce an even film of uniform and proper thickness. 3.4 APPLICATION RESTRICTIONS A. Application of materials shall be done only on properly prepared surfaces as herein specified, and all exterior painting shall be done only in dry weather. Section IV -a 09900 -6 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M I 1 Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain shall be removed and redone as directed by the Engineer. B. In no case shall paint by applied to surfaces that show a moisture content ' greater than 15 percent. 3.5 CLEANING ' A. Cleaning - All paint brushed, splattered, spilled or splashed on any surface not specified to be painted shall be removed. I END OF SECTION I I I 1 I I I I t I Section IV -a 09900 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 09910 GREEN MONSTER"' LINER SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL Issued for Bid 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 1 A. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of an interior protective coating system including all necessary materials, equipment and tools as required for a complete installation. Coating shall be manufactured by GML Coatings, LLC. or pre- approved equal. The completed system shall provide a waterproof, corrosion resistant liner to prevent any deterioration of concrete surfaces from hydrogen sulfide and other corrosive gases /acids produced by wastewater and to prevent infiltration. To ensure total unit responsibility, all materials and installation thereof shall be approved and furnished by, and coordinated with, GML Coatings LLC. 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials used within the Green MonsterTM system shall be highly resistant to hydrogen sulfide in the wastewater environment. B. Waterblasting equipment shall be no Tess than 4000 psi and sandblasting equipment shall deliver enough pressure to remove all deteriorated concrete in the structure providing a substrate free of loose material. C. GML 30/60 which is high early strength calcium aluminate blend cementitious mortar shall be used to structurally rebuild substrates also providing an esthetically smooth brush finished surface. D. All spray equipment shall be plural component manufactured by Graco and be capable of monitoring pressures and temperatures of the coating ensuring a quality application. Green MonsterTM shall only be applied with a minimum output pressure of 2,500 psi. E. All products used in the Green MonsterTM system shall be approved and installed by only GML Coatings trained personnel. View product specifications below: F GML 30 and GML 60 Cementitious Mortar Specifications TYPICAL PROPERTIES COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, PSI ASTM C928 6500 FREEZE THAW RESISTANCE ASTM C666 1% LOSS Section IV -a 09910 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SHEAR BOND STRENGTH, PSI FLEXURAL STRENGTH, PSI G. Primer Specifications TYPICAL PROPERTIES (1:1 BY VOL.): ASTM C882 ASTM C348 TENSIL STRENGTH, PSI ELONGATION, % COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, NEAT SHRINKAGE BOND STRENGTH, psi HARDNESS, SHORE D COLOR VISCOSITY, cps, neat FINAL CURE @ 72° F ASTM D638 ASTM D638 ASTM D695 ASTM D4541 ASTM D2240 1650 1180 4500 6 3800 None 1200 71 Amber 25 20 min H. Primer shall have an extremely low viscosity allowing it to penetrate deep into the pours of the brushed concrete for permanent bonding. Shall only be spray - applied and fully cure in 20 minutes or less without experiencing any shrinkage. J. Concrete substrate shall be heated and surface temperature decreasing during the application of Green MonsterTM Primer. K. Green MonsterTM Liner shall display excellent chemical resistance, thermal stability, and maintain flexible characteristics preventing cracking which may allow sewer gases to attack the substrate. TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES : TENSILE STRENGTH, PS ELONGATION, % 100% MODULUS TEAR STRENGTH, PLI HARDNESS, SHORE A HARDNESS, SHORE D FLEXIBILITY, 1/8" MANDREL FLASH POINT, °F TABER ABRASION, MG LOSS CS 17 WHEELS A -SIDE HOSE TEMPERATURE B -SIDE HOSE TEMPERATURE BLOCK TEMPERATURE ASTM D412 ASTM D412 ASTM D412 ASTM D624 ASTM D2240 ASTM D2240 ASTM D1737 PENSKY- MARTIN ASTM D4060 1KG, 1000 REVS °F °F °F 4500 460 1460 570 98 52 PASS >200 17.0 140 -160 140 -160 160 Section IV -a 09910 -2 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid ADHESION RESULTS: ASTM D -4541 Patti Tester Concrete Green Monster Primer 600 PSI EPDXY Glue Failure Carbon Steel (direct) 900 PSI TYPICAL PROCESSING PROPERTIES: GEL TIME SECONDS 20 TACK FREE TIME SECONDS 45 VOLUME RATIO V:V 1:1 L. Concrete restoration shall be between .25 and 3 inches whichever is required to return the deteriorated substrate to the original thickness. In the case of minor deterioration and spalding, a Green MonsterTM system approved cementitious concrete shall be used as a resurfacer. After, the proper concrete restoration has been achieved; Green MonsterTM shall be applied at 125 mils. Product shall be Green MonsterTM Liner by GML Coatings, LLC. or pre- approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Preparation will begin by sandblasting the entire substrate preparing the surface so that it is structurally intact, clean of all corrosion, and provided with a minimum of a 5 mil profile. B. After sandblasting is completed, the surface area will be waterblasted at 4000 psi ridding the substrate of all dust, sand, and loose debris. C. All solids and water are to be removed from the work site along with other debris. D. Active infiltration will be injection grouted. E. A cementitious calcium aluminate concrete blend (GML 30/60) will be applied to the entire substrate to be coated, in most cases the entire surface will be structurally built up .25 to 3 inches thick providing a smooth brushed finish. Thicker applications may apply where there is more deterioration of the existing structure. F. Work area is to be completely dried using in- direct heat lowering the moisture content of the substrate. G. Green MonsterTM Primer is to be applied to the dry and cooling substrate providing maximum adhesion and sealing the porous concrete. H. Green MonsterTM Liner shall be spray applied at a 125 mil thickness. This is to be spray applied to the ring of the structure down to the coating of the bench in manholes and the entire bottom of other structures. Section IV -a 09910 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 3.02 MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. The limits of the corrosion protection system shall be all exposed concrete surfaces including walls, pipe penetrations, risers, etc., unless otherwise approved by Engineer. B. Application of the Green MonsterTM Liner System shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. All material installed must be holiday tested for pinholes. Either a GML Coatings representative shall approve the test or an onsite inspector employed by the owner. 3.03 INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1 A. Final concrete structure corrosion protection system shall be completely 111 free of pinholes or voids. Entire exposed concrete surface shall be protected with corrosion protection system. Liner preparation and thickness shall meet what is stated above. All defects identified during inspection such as pinholes, thin film millage, etc. shall be repaired with same material and to same thickness as required of original installation. 1 END OF SECTION Section IV -a 09910 -4 411 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 PART 1 - GENERAL Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 140 1 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 11360 PUMPING SYSTEMS A. Furnish, install, field test, and operate two submersible non -clog pumps for Lift Station (LS) 8, and all associated appurtenances and controls necessary to make the equipment complete and operable as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All equipment provided for the project shall be new and unused. This requirement shall be verified in a certified letter from the equipment manufacturer or vendor and included in the shop drawing submittal. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe & Fittings B. Section 15100 Valves & Appurtenances C. Electrical and Control Specification as shown on the drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Certified shop and working drawings and data regarding pump and motor characteristics and performance. Include wiring diagrams, and complete certified performance curves based on actual shop tests of mechanically duplicate pumping units showing they meet specified requirements for head and capacity at the operational speeds indicated. Curves shall be plotted from no flow at shut off head to maximum flow at the minimum head specified. Appropriately and clearly identify efficiencies, NPSH, etc., on the curves. B. Submit curves on 8 -1/2 inch by 11 -inch sheets. For units of same size and type, only curves for a single unit need to be provided. C. Manufacturer's literature and cuts including installation instructions and detailed drawings showing horizontal and vertical dimensions of specific proposed pump and accessory layout and installation. Section IV -a 11360 -1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. Drawings showing the manufacturers recommended equipment base(s), including dimensions, weights, loads, drainage piping and other information necessary to install the equipment. 1 E. Details of electrical components including enclosures, and machine - mounted components. 1 F. Elevation of local control panel and operator control station showing panel mounted devices. Provide details of power distribution and full load current draw of panel. Provide list of all terminations required to receive inputs or a transmit inputs from the local control panel. G. Nameplate data of each electric motor proposed to be furnished with the I equipment package. H. Wiring diagrams of field connections with identification of terminations I between local panel, junction boxes, equipment items, instrument devices, and the like. 1 I. Complete electrical control schematic diagram. J. List of spare parts to be furnished. 01 K. Statement of machine warranties. 1 L. Control philosophy provided in both written and schematic form. M. Operations and maintenance information and equipment maintenance summary sheets shall be furnished for the equipment specified herein. N. Manufacturers Certificate of satisfactory installation is required for work under this section. I 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI: American National Standards Institute 1 1) ANSI A21.10 -1977 Standard for Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings, I 3 inch through 48 inches, for Water and Other Liquids. 2) ANSI A21.11 -1979: Standard for Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile , Cast Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. Section IV -a 11360 -2 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 3) ANSI A21.15 -1975: Standard for Flanged Cast -Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 4) ANSI A21.50 -1976: Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. ' 5) ANSI A21.51 -1976: Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand Lined Molds for Water or Other 1 Liquids. 6) ANSI B16.3 -1977: Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 7) ASTM A53 -80: Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot sipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. ' B. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials ' 1) ASTM A48 -83, Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2) ASTM A126 -73 (1979), Standard Specification for Gray Iron 1410 Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 3) ASTM 1536 -80, Specification for Ductile -Iron Castings. C. AFBMA: Anti - Friction Bearings Manufacturer's Association. 1 1) AFBMA B3.15 -1972, Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 1 2) AFBMA B3.16 -1972, Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. 1 D. Hydraulic Institute, Current Edition. 1 E. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. In order to minimize the number of different type pumps supplied, the Contractor shall minimize use of different pump manufacturers for similar ' applications. This does not apply to pumps provided as part of specified treatment equipment supplied as a package. Section IV -a 11360 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. Equipment providers of the pumping systems described in this specifications must be a factory authorized parts and service center for the pumps supplied. The supplier must be able to perform warranty work on the pumps. C. Conform to requirements for materials, installation, and equipment approvals of state, local, or other applicable codes whether or not called for in detail on drawings or in specifications. D. Workmanship: First class in all respects. E. Base the use of unspecified materials on their continuous and successful employment by product manufacturer under similar conditions as called for in this section. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION — NOT USED 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site. B. Each component unit shall be carefully transported, stored, handled, and set in place in a manner that shall prevent distortion, misalignment or other damage. C. During storage period, prior to installation, and during the time between installation and start-up, the manufacturer's recommendations regarding handling (such as hand rotation of motors, shafts, etc.) shall be followed. D. Items to be shipped as complete assemblies except where partial disassembly is required by transportation regulations or for protection of components. 1.8 PROJECT /SITE REQUIREMENTS — NOT USED 1.9 SPARE PARTS — NOT USED 1.10 WARRANTY A. The equipment manufacturer shall warrant the following components. 1. The pump supplier shall unconditionally guarantee, in writing, the pumps being supplied against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of substantial completion. Section IV -a 11360 -4 1 1 l• 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 2. Any defects in material or workmanship to the equipment for a period of twelve (12) months from date of successful start up. 3. The manufacturer shall replace any equipment that fails during the prescribed warranty period, provided the Owner has properly lubricated and otherwise maintained the system equipment in accordance with the intervals and procedures set forth in the manufacturers operations and maintenance instruction manual. 1.11 DEFINITIONS - NOT USED 1.12 INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The manufacturer shall submit five (5) copies of the operation and maintenance (O &M) manual prior to delivery of the equipment. B. O &M manuals shall be provided in three ring binders and shall include as a minimum all information listed below 1. Installation instructions 2. Information on all components including original manufacturer data and cut sheets for the equipment and any instrumentation and valves included with the system 3. A complete parts list 4. Mechanical and electrical drawings 5. Start-up, shutdown, and normal operating instructions. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install 2 Flygt Model CP3127.181 submersible non -clog wastewater pumps for lift station (LS) 8 with the operating conditions listed below. The pumps shall have a 4" ANSI horizontal discharge. Each pump shall be equipped with a 7.5 HP submersible motor connected for operation on a 230 volts, three phase, 60 hertz electrical supply service, with 50 feet of submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and ICEA standards and have P -MSHA Approval. Each pump shall be fitted adequate length of 316 SS lifting chain or stainless steel cable. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50% greater than the pump unit weight. The pump assembly shall be approved by CSA to UL 778 and CSA C22.2 -108 standards. Section IV -a 11360 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. Centrifugal pump speeds shall not exceed 1,750 revolutions per minute (rpm) in water and wastewater pumping applications. 2.2 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall supply: MODEL CP3127.181 GPM 500 TDH 28 ft RPM 1,740 HP 7.5 PHASE 3 IMPELLER 206 mm VOLTAGE 230 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for receiving and installing the pumps along with all associated appurtenances per the Drawings. 2.3 PUMP DESIGN A. The pump(s) shall be designed to handle clean or solids contaminated water, raw sewage, wastewater effluent, storm water, and other similar non corrosive, solids -laden fluids, without clogging. The pump(s) shall be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet -well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. Sealing of the discharge interface with a diaphragm, 0-ring or profile gasket will not be acceptable. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump floor. 2.4 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A -48, Class 35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities. The lifting handle shall be of stainless steel. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 316 stainless steel construction. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumpage, other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc Section IV -a 11360 -6 1 1 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. B. Sealing design shall incorporate metal -to -metal contact between machined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile or Viton rubber O- rings. Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of rubber 0-rings in two planes and 0-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a specific torque limit. C. Rectangular cross sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or equal. No secondary sealing compounds, elliptical 0-rings, grease or other devices shall be used. 2.5 COOLING SYSTEM A. Motors are sufficiently cooled by the surrounding environment or pumped media. A water cooling jacket is not required. 2.6 CABLE ENTRY SEAL A. The cable entry seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable entry shall consist of a single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the body containing a strain relief function, separate from the function of sealing the cable. The assembly shall provide ease of changing the cable when necessary using the same entry seal. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a stator lead sealing gland or terminal board, which shall isolate the interior from foreign material gaining access through the pump top. Epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing systems shall not be considered acceptable. 2.7 MOTOR A. The pump motor shall be a NEMA B design, induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber. The stator windings shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180 °C (356 °F). The stator shall be insulated by the trickle impregnation method using Class H monomer -free polyester resin resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 95 %. The motor shall be inverter duty rated in accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31.The stator shall be Section IV -a 11360 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid heat - shrink fitted into the cast iron stator housing. The use of multiple step dip and bake -type stator insulation process is not acceptable. The use of bolts, pins or other fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator housing is not acceptable. The motor shall be designed for continuous duty handling pumped media of 40 °C (104 °F) and capable of no less than 30 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum. Thermal switches set to open at 125 °C (260 °F) shall be embedded in the stator end coils to monitor the temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and shall be connected to the control panel. The junction chamber containing the terminal board, shall be hermetically sealed from the motor by an elastomer compression seal. Connection between the cable conductors and stator leads shall be made with threaded compression type binding posts permanently affixed to a terminal board. The motor and the pump shall be produced by the same manufacturer. B. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 %. The motor shall be designed for operation up to 40 °C (104 °F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to exceed 80 °C. A performance chart shall be provided upon request showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no -load characteristics. C. The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need of any splices. The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chlorinated polyethylene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet or greater. D. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non - overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut -off through run -out. 2.8 BEARINGS A. The pump shaft shall rotate on two bearings. Motor bearings shall be permanently grease lubricated. The upper bearing shall be a single deep groove ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular contact bearing to compensate for axial thrust and radial forces. Single row lower bearings are not acceptable. The minimum L10 bearing life shall be 50,000 Section IV -a 11360 -8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements hours at any usable portion of the pump curve. 2.9 MECHANICAL SEAL Issued for Bid A. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of two totally independent seal assemblies. The seals shall operate in an lubricant reservoir that hydrodynamically lubricates the lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating, corrosion resistant tungsten- carbide ring. The upper, secondary seal unit, located between the lubricant chamber and the motor housing, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating, corrosion resistant tungsten- carbide seal ring. Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment nor depend on direction of rotation for sealing. The position of both mechanical seals shall depend on the shaft. Mounting of the lower mechanical seal on the impeller hub will not be acceptable. For special applications, other seal face materials shall be available. B. The following seal types shall not be considered acceptable nor equal to the dual independent seal specified: shaft seals without positively driven rotating members, or conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and lower seal faces. No system requiring a pressure differential to offset pressure and to effect sealing shall be used. C. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and to provide lubricant expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plug, with positive anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication. The motor shall be able to operate dry without damage while pumping under load. D. Where a seal cavity is present in the seal chamber, the area about the exterior of the lower mechanical seal in the cast iron housing shall have cast in an integral concentric spiral groove. This groove shall protect the seals by causing abrasive particulate entering the seal cavity to be forced out away from the seal due to centrifugal action. E. Seal lubricant shall be non - hazardous. Section IV -a 11360 -9 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 2.10 PUMP SHAFT A. Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Couplings shall not be acceptable. The shaft shall be stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T. If a shaft material of lower quality than stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T is used, a shaft sleeve of stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T is used to protect the shaft material. However, shaft sleeves only protect the shaft around the lower mechanical seal. No protection is provided in the oil housing and above. Therefore, the use of stainless steel sleeves will not be considered equal to stainless steel shafts. 2.11 IMPELLER ' A. The impeller(s) shall be of gray cast iron, Class 35B, dynamically balanced, double shrouded non - clogging design having a long throughlet without acute turns. The impeller(s) shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in wastewater. Whenever possible, a full vaned, not vortex, impeller shall be used for maximum hydraulic efficiency; thus, reducing operating costs. Impeller(s) shall be keyed to the shaft, retained with an Allen head bolt and shall be capable of passing a minimum 3 inch diameter solid. 2.12 WEAR RINGS 1 A. A wear ring system shall be used to provide efficient sealing between the volute and suction inlet of the impeller. Each pump shall be equipped with 1 a brass ring insert that is drive fitted to the volute inlet. B. This pump shall also have a stainless steel impeller wear ring heat shrink ' fitted onto the suction inlet of the impeller. 2.13 VOLUTE A. Pump volute(s) shall be single -piece grey cast iron, Class 35B, non- concentric design with smooth passages large enough to pass any solids that may enter the impeller. Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be as specified. 2.14 CONTROL PANEL A. Refer to specifications indicated in the drawings. ' Section IV -a 11360 -10 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. The Contractor shall relocate the existing RTU and Radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet. The contractor shall have these devices remounted and reconnected to the proposed Control Panel. The Contractor shall engage of the services of the supplier's qualified technician to inspect all components including RTU, Radio, Antenna and cable interconnections, provide modification to I/O if necessary and validate software and communications with the monitoring station. 2.15 PAINTING A. The pump shall be factory painted after assembly and testing. The paint shall be applied in one coat covering all exterior surfaces. 2.16 ACCESSORIES FOR SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS A. Guiderails shall be 316 SS, schedule 40 pipe. All hardware shall be 316 SS. B. Lifting chain shall be 316 SS. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with these specifications. B. All motors shall be factory mounted by the driven equipment manufacturer in accordance with the motor manufacturers drawings and instructions. Field installation of the unit, including final alignment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary appurtenances for initial operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in operable condition. D. All control and alarm wires, as required, shall be provided even if not shown on plan drawings. 3. 2 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE A. All flanges shall be covered to prevent damage. Pump motors, and shafts will be stored inside warehouses. Pumps may be stored outside, on wood Section IV -a 11360 -11 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid members away from the ground, at sufficient elevation to prevent flooding, and protected from the weather by secured canvas or plastic coverings. 3.3 PUMP TESTS A. The manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment from the factory: 1. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for compliance with customer's purchase order. 2. Motor and cable insulation tests for moisture content or insulation defects shall be made. 3. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry, to establish I correct rotation and mechanical integrity. 4. Pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged, a minimum of 6 feet I underwater. el3.4 START -UP SERVICES A. The supplier shall provide start-up service to place the pumps and controls in proper operation. During this service, the operation of the equipment will be reviewed and the station will be inspected for proper installation and operation. This service shall be provided by a representative of the manufacturer. The pumps shall be tested at start-up and the voltage, current and other significant parameters recorded. The manufacturer shall provide a formal test procedure and forms for recording the data. The supplier shall submit a written report to the Contractor, stating results of the start-up inspection. A copy of the report shall be furnished to the Owner. The Contractor shall inform the Owner 24 -hours prior to commencement of such services. These services shall be at no cost to the Owner. B. Correct all defects or defective equipment or replace promptly at no expense to the Owner. C. Make all final adjustments necessary to place equipment in satisfactory working order at time of above tests. D. Test water to be used for pumping tests will be supplied by the Owner. 1 END SECTION 11360 Section IV -a 11360 -12 1 1 1° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 w 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SECTION 11414 DIESEL - POWERED BACKUP PUMP PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Requirements for providing a Godwin Diesel Driven Dri -Prime pump model CD- 225M, eight -inch, UL tank mounted with critical silenced enclosure capable of running dry continuously, and priming up to 28 -ft of suction lift. B. Units described shall be new, unused and of the current year's production. The style of pump being bid must be in production for a minimum of 5 years. (Include users list) Unit shall be of the latest design and in current production completely serviced, ready for work and shall include all standard and optional equipment as specified herein. C. Manufacturer must have a fully stocked parts and service facility within 50 miles of City of Clearwater. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03310 — Concrete Work B. Section 09900 — Paintings and Coatings C. Section 15100 — Valves and Appurtenances 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Certified shop and erection drawings showing all important details of construction, dimensions and anchor bolt locations. 2. Descriptive literature, bulletins and /or catalogs of the equipment. 3. Data on the characteristics and performance of the pumps. Data shall include guaranteed performance curves, based on actual shop tests of duplicate units, which show that they meet the specified requirements for head, capacity, efficiency, allowable NPSH, allowable suction lift and horsepower. Curves shall be submitted Section IV -a 11414 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid on 8- 1 /2 -in. by 11 -in. sheets. Curves for variable speed pumps shall be provided with at least five curves plotted from maximum rpm to minimum rpm. 4. The total weight of the equipment including weight of the single largest item. 5. A complete total bill of materials for all equipment. 6. A list of the manufacturer's recommended spare parts with the manufacturer's current price for each item. Include gaskets, packing, etc., on the list. List bearings by the bearing manufacturer's numbers only. 7. A statement indicating bearing life. 8. Complete data on motors and power factor correction capacitors. 9. Complete description of surface preparation and shop prime painting. 10. The manufacturer shall be able to demonstrate an ability to provide 24 -hour parts availability. Manufacturers not stocking replacement pump parts for this model pump will be cause for rejection. B. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Copies of an operating and maintenance manual for each size pump shall be furnished to the Engineer as provided for in Section 01730. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all required cuts, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc., that are required to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. 2. A technical representative, from the respective pump manufacturer, who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance shall be provided for one (1) day to instruct representatives of the Owner on proper operation and maintenance. This work may be conducted in conjunction with the inspection of the installation and test run as provided under Paragraph 3.01 below. If there are difficulties in operation of the equipment due to the manufacturer's design or fabrication, additional service shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI B16.1 - Standard for Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) Section IV -a 11414 -2 1 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 91 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1* 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) D. National Electrical Code (NEC) E. Factory Mutual (FM) F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) G. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The pumpset specified in this section will be used to pump raw sewage. B. Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system capable of repeated priming from a completely dry pump casing. C. The pump shall be the Model CD225M, size 8 ". The pump, diesel engine, and accessories shall be manufactured by Godwin Pumps of America, Bridgeport, New Jersey. D. The pump offered shall be a manufacturer's standard production model. It shall have been in continuous use by municipal and industrial owners for a minimum of five years. 1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OPERATING SPEED (MAXIMUM) MINIMUM SOLIDS HANDLING SIZE IMPELLER DIAMETER SUCTION SIZE DISCHARGE SIZE MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT NORMAL COND'S DUTY POINT SECOND DUTY POINT 2,200 RPM 3.125 INCHES 290 MM 8 INCHES 8 INCHES 28 FEET 2,000 GPM AT 70' TDH @ 1800 RPM 1,800 GPM AT 78'TDH @ 1800 RPM Section IV -a 11414 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.07 SPARE PARTS A. One set of all special tools required for normal operation and maintenance shall be provided. B. The following spare parts shall be provided: 1. One Valve Flapper; 2. One Valve Cover Gasket; 3. One Ejector Jet; 4. One Ejector Nozzle; 5. One Ejector Ball; 6. One Separation Tank Filter; 7. Four O- rings; 8. Two Ejector Nozzle O- rings; 9. Two Relief Valves; 10. Six- M12 Dowty Washers; and 11. One HL160, HL250 Compressor Pipe. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Casing, Suction Cover, and Separation Tank: Pump castings shall be cast iron. Pump design shall incorporate a direct suction flow path that is in axial alignment with the impeller eye. There shall be no turns, chambers, or valves between the suction flange and the impeller eye. B. Impellers: The pump impeller shall be an open, 3- bladed, non -clog type with pump out vanes on the back shroud and fabricated from hardened cast chromium steel construction (minimum Brinell Hardness 340 HB). Section IV -a 11414 -4 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. Wearplates: Shall be fully adjustable and replaceable, fabricated of cast iron. Wearplate clearances shall have no relationship to the ability of the pump to achieve a prime. D. Bearings and Shafts: Pump shall be fitted with a bearing bracket to contain the shaft and bearings. Bearings shall be tapered roller bearings of adequate size to withstand imposed loads for sustained pumping at maximum duty points. Minimum ISO L10 bearing life to be 100,000 hours. Impeller shafts shall be fabricated of 1.5% chromium alloy. E. Seals: Seals shall be high pressure, mechanical self - adjusting type with silicon carbide faces capable of withstanding suction pressures to 88 psi. The mechanical seal shall be cooled and lubricated in an oil bath reservoir, requiring no maintenance or adjustment. Pump shall be capable of running dry, with no damage, for periods up to 24 hours. All metal parts shall be of stainless steel. Elastomers shall be Viton. F. Pump Suction and Discharge Flanges: Shall be cast iron ANSI (B16.1) Class 150, flat faced. G. Pump Gaskets: Shall be compressed fiber and /or Teflon. H. Pump O- Rings: Shall be Viton. I. Priming System: Automatic priming system incorporates a twin - cylinder compressor and air ejector assembly, no vacuum pump. The compressor shall be installed on the engine auxiliary drive and shall be gear driven, lubricated and cooled from the engine. The priming system shall require no fail -safe protection float gear or any adjusting at high or low suction lifts. Pumps with self - priming chambers modified with vacuum priming systems shall not be accepted as equal. The pump must be capable of running totally dry for periods up to 24 hours, then re- priming and returning to normal pumping volumes. Pump and priming system is capable of priming the pump from a completely dry pump casing. The pump shall be capable of static suction lifts to 28 vertical feet, at sea level. It shall also be capable of operation using extended suction lines. Equipment acceptance shall be contingent upon the pump's ability to run continuously at full speed in a completely dry condition for periods up to 24 hours. J. Check Valve: Pump shall be supplied with an integral swing type epoxy coated check valve mounted on the discharge of the pump allowing unrestricted flow from the impeller. The check valve shall prevent in -line return of flow when the pump is shut off. Non -return valve elastomers shall be Nitrile rubber and shall be field replaceable. K. Drive Unit: The drive unit shall be a diesel water - cooled engine. The engine shall Section IV -a 11414 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid drive the pump by use of direct connected intermediate drive plate. Starter shall be 12 volt electric. Safety shut down switches for low oil pressure and high temperature shall be integral to the engine control panel. Battery shall have 180 -amp hour rating. The engine control panel shall include a tachometer and an hour meter. Drive unit shall be a John Deere 4045T or equal, rated at 99 hp (continuous) at 2200 RPM. A certified continuous duty engine curve shall be supplied to the Owner. L. Engine Control Panel: Engine speed shall be adjustable to operate the pump between maximum and minimum design operation speeds in manual mode. See Section 2.03 for Automatic mode. M. Fuel Source: Fuel tank capacity shall be sufficient to provide at least twenty -four hours of operating time at full load. The engine shall be capable of operating satisfactorily on a commercial grade of distilled No. 2 fuel oil. N. Exhaust: Exhaust system shall include a critical grade muffler of suitable size. Exhaust system shall have muffler and exhaust tubing sized to match maximum engine exhaust flow without exceeding engine manufacture's maximum allowable back pressure values. O. Sound Enclosure: The engine and pump shall be completely enclosed with 14 gauge sheet metal panels backed with 1" and 2" layers of polydamp acoustical sound deadening material. The acoustical enclosure shall reduce pump and engine noise to sixty -eight dBA or less at a distance of 30 feet. The panels shall be removable for easy access to the engine / pump for maintenance and repair. The engine control panel shall have a locking door for visual inspection. For maintenance and service needs, the pump discharge side of the trailer shall have a hinged door for quick access to the engine oil fill, fuel fill port, oil dipstick and filters. P. Factory Painting: Pump, engine, and base shall be shop primed and finish painted at the place of manufacturer. Materials and dry film thickness for priming and finish paint shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standards. Q. Godwin shall supply one (1) level transmitter for the Godwin pump controller as part of the Godwin system. Level transmitters shall conform to City of Clearwater Public Utilities Standards. The level transmitter shall be installed as described below in 2.04D. R. Engine air intake shall be installed at elevation 16'. 2.02 FUEL TANK/ SKID BASE A. The pump base tank capacity shall be 300 gallons. Pump base tank shall be UL -142 Section IV -a 11414 -6 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid approved double wall design constructed in accordance with Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30; The Standard for Installation and use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37; and The Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. B. The tank design shall be a Closed Top Dike Pump Base Tank. It shall be of double wall construction having a primary tank to contain the diesel fuel, held within another tank or dike, which is intended to collect and contain any accidental leakage from the primary fuel tank. The completed base tank assembly is to incorporate pump mounting locations and must be able to support four times the rated load. C. The primary tank shall be designed to withstand normal and emergency internal pressures and external loads. It shall be capable of withstanding internal air pressures of 3 to 5 psig without showing signs of excessive or permanent distortion and 25 psig hydrostatic pressure without evidence of rupture or leakage. D. The primary and secondary tanks or dike shall have venting provisions to prevent the development of vacuum or pressure capable of distorting them as a result of the atmospheric temperature changes or while emptying or filling. The vent shall also permit the relief of internal pressures caused by exposure to fires. The vent size shall be determined by using the calculated wetted surface area in square feet (the top is excluded) in conjunction with venting capacity table 10.1of UL -142. The tank's vent shall also be equipped with a coupling device and shall be located to facilitate connection to a vent piping system. The dike's vent may be an opening for venting directly to the atmosphere and protection from the entrance of natural elements or debris shall be provided. E. The primary tank is to be constructed of 7 gauge ASTM A569 or A -36 hot rolled steel. Internal baffles or reinforcement plates shall be located on a maximum of 24 inch centers in tanks up to 60 inch width and on a maximum of 19.5 inch centers in tanks over 60 inch width. At least one baffle shall separate the fuel suction pipe from the fuel return line. F. The outer tank is to be constructed in a manner to be able to support four times the wet load of the pump and housing. All of the load is to be carried by the outer tank so no load or vibration stress is placed on the primary tank. If the pump base tank is wider than the pump set to be supported, structural rails are to be incorporated to span the width of the base tank so that the load is transferred to the side rails of the tank. Vertical reinforcements shall be welded to the outer sides of the secondary tank or dike at a maximum of 45 inch centers on tanks up to 30 inches high and on 24 inch centers on tanks greater than 30 inches high. At least one vertical reinforcement shall be positioned adjacent to each mounting whole location. Section IV -a 11414 -7 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid G. Both primary and secondary tanks shall be fitted with the proper welded pipe fittings to accommodate the requirements for the fill port and normal and emergency venting. H. The completed assembly is to be cleaned with a heated pressure wash followed by a chromium free post treatment to ensure proper paint adhesion. The tank assembly is to be painted with an epoxy ester primer and high quality polyurethane enamel with total paint thickness of 3.5 mils. The painted tank assembly is to be baked at 180 degrees for 30 minutes to provide a hard durable finish. I. Manufacturing and testing of this system shall be performed within the scope of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. "Standard for Safety UL 142." A UL label shall be permanently attached to the tank system showing the following information: • The registered UL mark and the name: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. • A control number and the word "listed" • The product's name as identified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. • The serial number assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. • Other manufacturer's information may also be included. J. Fuel intake shall be installed at elevation 13'. 2.03 AUTOMATIC STARTING CONTROL SYSTEM A. The engine shall be equipped with a factory installed PrimeGuard microprocessor - based controller as supplied by pump manufacturer and designed to start/stop the engine at a signal supplied by high and low level floats or a 4 -20 mA transducer, monitored and controlled with additional feedback provided to SCADA via onsite control panel. Design of complete control panel shall be by Pump Supplier. 2.04 ENGINE/ PUMP CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS A. The engine shall be started, stopped, and controlled by a PrimeGuard high performance state of the art digital controller as supplied by Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. The controller shall be weather proof enclosed, and contain an external weatherproof 12- position keypad accessible without the need to remove or open any protective cover or enclosure. It shall be designed to start/stop the engine at a signal supplied by high and low level floats or a 4 -20 mA transducer. The PrimeGuard controller shall provide the following functions without modification, factory recalibration, or change of chips or boards, by simply accessing the keypad. B. The keypad shall be a capacitive touch sensing system. No mechanical switches will Section IV -a 11414 -8 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid be acceptable. The keypad shall operate in extreme temperatures, with gloves, through ice, snow, mud, grease, etc. and maintain complete weather -tight sealing of the PrimeGuard controller. C. In automatic mode, the unit shall conserve energy and go to "sleep" (90mA parasitic battery draw). D. The PrimeGuard controller shall function interchangeably from float switches, or level transducer, as well as manual start/stop by selection at the keypad. No other equipment or hardware changes are required. E. The PrimeGuard controller shall be capable of varying the engine speed to maintain a constant level in a process without a change to the controller other than via the keypad. F. The start function can be programmed to provide three separate functions each day for seven days (i.e. a start, warm up, exercise cycle on two separate days at different times and for a varying length of time all via the keypad). G. Manual - Automatic Button: 1. In Manual Mode, manual "Start" button starts engine and runs until "Stop" button is depressed or an emergency shutdown occurs. 2. In Automatic Mode, start/stop sequencing is initiated by either one (1) high -level N/O and one (1) low -level N/C narrow angler float switches, a 4 -20mA transducer, a signal from a digital input, or a single analog 4 -20mA speed reference. H. The controller shall integrate the engine safety shut -off for low and high oil temperature, and provide over -speed protection. I. The controller shall include standard, field- adjustable parameters for engine cycle crank timer, shutdown time delay, warm -up time delay, and cool -down time delay. J. The PrimeGuard controller shall have only one circuit board with eight built -in relays. Each relay can be named to provide any function all via the key pad without changing relays, chips, printed circuits or any hardware or software. K. Standard components shall consist of (24) digital inputs, (7) analog inputs, (1) magnetic pick -up input, (8) 20 -amp form "C" relays, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port, (1) RS232/RS485 port, (1) J1939 port, and (1) 64X128 pixel full graphic LCD display with backlight. Section IV -a 11414 -9 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid L. The industrially- hardened PrimeGuard Controller shall withstand Vibration of 3 g, 3 axis, frequency swept 10 -1000 Hz, in an operating temperature Range of 4° to 176 °F (- 20° to 80 °C) and an operating humidity range of 0 -95% Non - Condensing. 2.05 ADDITIONAL ITEMS A. Fully Automatic Trickle Charger: The unit shall include a fully automatic trickle charger powered by 6 -amps, 115 VAC. B. Engine Block/Coolant Heater: The drive unit shall be supplier with an integral thermostatically controlled engine block heater (15 -amp, 115 VAC required). C. Light: The unit shall include a single switch operated 12 VDC light within the enclosure. D. Dry- Contact: The unit shall include four (4) dry contacts for SCADA system integration. E. Level Transducer: The unit shall include one (1) 4 -20 mA Teflon diaphragm level transducers. The transducer assembly shall be connected to the engine control panel via a multi -pin connector compatible with the PrimeGuard Control Panel. The transducer range shall be 0- 15 psi. F. Float Switch: The unit shall include one (1) float switch installed in the pump enclosure. The float switch shall be located lower than the engine air intake elevation and shall shut down the engine operation during flood conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 START -UP SERVICE A. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish the services of a qualified factory trained field service engineer for two 8 -hour working days to inspect the installation and instruct the Owner's personnel on the operation and maintenance of the pumping units. B. During this initial inspection, the manufacturer's service representative shall review recommended operation and maintenance procedures with the Owner's personnel. C. A DVD video of the training shall be supplied to the Owner. Section IV -a 11414 -10 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 3.02 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. After all pumps have been completely installed, conduct in the presence of the Engineer, and operator such tests as are necessary to indicate that pump efficiency and discharge conform requirements specified. B. If the pump performance does not meet the specified requirements, corrective measures shall be taken, or pumps shall be removed and replaced with pumps with satisfy the conditions specified. A 24 hour operating period of the pumps will be required before acceptance. C. Any component parts which are damaged as a result of testing or which fail to meet the requirements specified shall be replaced, reinstalled and retested at the Contractor's expense. 3.03 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following to the Owner: 1. A copy of the engine manufacturer's parts and labor warranty. 2. A One Year Parts and Labor Warranty issued by the manufacturer on the Pump System. This warranty must cover all pump parts, including the mechanical seal. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 11414 -11 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 15062 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Issued for Bid 1 PART — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ' A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint, mechanical joint, push -on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and /or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings for reclaimed water and potable water mains, sewage force mains and sewer fittings, complete, as shown on the project drawings. B. The Contractor shall coordinate all deliveries with the related Vendor(s) in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the Engineer, within ten days after receipt of individual Notice to Proceed, a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings. B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the ' Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor. C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be prepared in accordance with Paragraph 6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the Contract Documents and submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Engineer, the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. Section IV -a 15062 -1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. 1.03 SEPARATION OF POTABLE WATER AND WASTEWATER LINES A. A minimum horizontal separation of 6 feet outside to outside shall be maintained between potable water mains and sanitary sewers or sanitary force mains. Where a potable water main crosses a sanitary sewer or a sanitary force main, a minimum of 18 inches vertical clearance shall be maintained. Where 12 inches of vertical clearance cannot be maintained, the crossing shall be arranged so that the joints of the two pipes are equidistant from the point of crossing with no less than 10 feet between any two joints. Alternatively, the potable water main may be placed in a casing to obtain the equivalent of the required 10 feet separation. 1.04 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. All buried sanitary sewer piping shall be color coded green. All ductile iron sanitary sewer pipes shall be enclosed in a polyethylene wrap colored green B. All above ground valves and other appurtenances shall be painted green C. Covers for all valve boxes and other below ground devices on the sanitary sewer system shall be painted green. Covers shall be permanently embossed with the wording "Sanitary Sewer ". Valve boxes shall be square, U.S. Foundry or approved equal. 1.05 WARRANTY 1. The pipe shall be warranted for one year after substantial completion per the pipe supplier's standard terms. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1. General a. Ductile iron pipe shall be minimum thickness class 50 or greater as required by load conditions or as called out on the plans conforming to AWWA C150 and ANSI A21.50. Section IV -a 15062 -2 1 140 1 1 1 1 1 1 19 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid b. All pipe shall conform to AWWA C151.76 (ANSI A21.51 -76 or latest revision thereof). Pipe shall be furnished in standard 18 or 20 -foot lengths. All pipe and fittings shall have standard bituminous enamel coating outside and shall have an internal cement -mortar lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) for potable or reclaimed water. For sewage pipe and fittings, internal coating shall be ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 or equal. c. All materials shall be new and have a manufacturer's certificate verifying compliance to all tests and inspections as required herein. The weight, class and casting period shall be shown on each piece of pipe. The manufacturer's "mark ", the year produced and the word "Ductile" or letters "DI" shall be cast or stamped on all pipe. All fittings, furnished by the approved manufacturer(s), shall be cast and machined at one foundry location to assure quality control and provide satisfactory test data. d. All tests as required by AWWA C151 -76 shall be performed by the manufacturer and records of all such tests shall be retained for a period of one year and shall be available to the Owner upon request. e. All pipe shall be installed according to the manufacturer's requirements with lubricants, gaskets and accessories furnished by the manufacturer. f. Restrained joint shall be provided at all horizontal and vertical bends and fittings, and at other locations indicated by the ductile iron pipe restraint detail on the drawings. Restraining devices shall be Megalug by EBBa Iron, or approved equal. g. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either mechanical, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. h. All burial ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a minimum 8 mil thick cross laminated low density polyethylene encasement per ANSI /AWWA A21.5 -99. The polyethylene material shall meet the requirements for tensile strength, elongation, and dielectric strength for a cross laminated low density polyethylene. Polyethylene encasement shall be either: Section IV -a 15062 -3 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1) Solid ur le color for reclaimed water piping and p p fittings, or 2) Solid blue color for potable water piping and fittings, or 3) Solid green color for sewage piping and fittings. Pipe and fittings exposed nd fittin s ex osed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust Inhibitive Primer or approved equal. All other pipe and fittings shall be shop coated on the outside with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in accordance with ANSI A21.51. j. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non - bleeding sealer coat such as Inertol Tar Stop, or Mobil Anti - Bleeding Aluminum Sealer. Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section. 1 2. PUSH -ON JOINT a. Push -on joints shall conform with the latest revision of ANSI /AVWVA C111/A21.11. b. Joint material shall be made up with rubber gaskets 1 conforming to ANSI standard A21.11. 3. MECHANICAL JOINT 1 a. Mechanical joints shall conform with the latest revision of ANSI /AVWVA C110/A21. b. Joint material shall be made up with rubber gaskets I conforming to ANSI Standard A21.11. Glands for mechanical joint pipe shall be bituminous coated and bolts and nuts shall be of high strength cast iron, or high strength low alloy steel as specified in ANSI Standard A21.11. c. Align bolt holes and insert bolts, with bolt heads behind the I bell flange, and tighten opposite nuts to keep the gland square with the socket. Tighten the nuts in accordance with following table: 1 °I Section IV -a 15062 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid Bolt Diameter Torque (in.) (ft-lb) 5/8 45 -60 3/4 75 -90 1 85 -100 11/4 105 -120 4. FLANGED JOINT a. Flanged joints shall conform with the latest revision of ANSI /AVWVA C110/A21. b. Flanged connections shall comply with the requirements of ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound class. Flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be of ductile iron. Machine bolts shall be the best commercial quality steel with hexagonal nuts of the same quality metal. Nuts, bolts and gaskets for flanged fittings and blind flanges shall be designed to withstand the design and test pressures for the pipe. c. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inches thick red rubber, flat ring gaskets unless otherwise specified on the drawings. d. Bolts and nuts shall be low carbon steel as per ASTM A- 307 Grade B. Threads shall be as per ANSI B1.1 course thread series, Class 2A external and Class 2B internal. e. Bolt requirements are as follows: PIPE SIZE (in.) NUMBER PER JOINT BOLT SIZE (in.) THREADS PER INCH TORQUE (ft -Ibs) 4 8 5/8 x 3 11 60 6 8 3/4x3V2 10 100 8 8 3/4 x 3'/2 10 100 10 12 7/8 x 4 9 160 12 12 7/8 x 4 9 160 16 16 1 x4%2 8 245 20 20 11/8x 3 7 390 24 20 11/4 x 5% 7 545 30 28 11/4 x 6%2 7 545 36 32 1% x 7 6 875 42 36 1% x 7% 6 875 48 44 1V2x8 6 875 54 44 13/x8V2 5 1550 Section IV -a 15062 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS: All fittings shall be new. Previously used or refurbished fittings will not be allowed. 1. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS a. Shall be as specified in Paragraph 502 -2.3 of Section IV — Technical Specifications of the Contract Documents. b. All fittings shall be furnished with all joint material (bolts, nuts, gaskets and glands) complete, ready for installation. Nuts, bolts and gaskets for flange fittings and blind flanges shall be designed to withstand the design and test pressures for the pipe. c. All fittings shall have distinctly cast upon them the manufacturer's identification, pressure rating, nominal diameter and the number of degrees or fraction of a circle on all bends. Ductile iron fittings shall have the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" cast on them. Only castings that have been poured in a foundry located in the USA will be allowed and the Contractor shall provide an affidavit to prove the origin of those fittings. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test just prior to being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.02 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved Section IV -a 15062 -6 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 •D1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 411 1 1 1 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid by the Engineer. Valve- operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. C. Trench Construction: 1. Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for only as far as necessary to allow proper pipe installation. The width of the trench at the top of the pipe shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and allow the backfill to be placed as specified. 2. Holes for the bells shall be provided at each joint but shall not be larger than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the pipe barrel will lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted previously, the trench bottom shall be true and even in order to provide support for the full length of the pipe barrel, except that slight depression may be provided to allow withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting - tackle. 3. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6- inches below and on each side of all pipe, valves, and fittings for pipe sizes 24 inches or smaller, and 9 inches for pipe 30 inches and larger. When excavation is completed, a bed of sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from stones, large clods, or frozen earth shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously mentioned depths, leveled, and tamped. These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris or subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or foundations that may be encountered during excavation. 4. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations containing loose boulders greater than 8 inches in diameter are encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be Section IV -a 15062 -7 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid maintained between the bottom of all p i p e and appurtenances and any part, projection, or point of rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient size and placement which, in the opinion of the Engineer could cause fulcrum point. 5. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation, 1 the trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support equal to that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory requirements in a manner that will prevent damage to the existing ' installation. 6. When the subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, t cinders, refuse, organic material, or other unsuitable material, such material shall be removed, to a minimum of at least 3 inches, or to the depth ordered by the Engineer and replaced under the directions of the Engineer with clean, stable backfill material. The bedding shall be consolidated and leveled in order that the pipe may be installed as specified. 7. When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist of material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of the Engineer it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and /or appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or other materials at the direction of the Engineer. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. 1 B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the engineer who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials. 1 C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. Section IV -a 15062 -8 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being g p 9 pp 9 placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. 1 F At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. ' When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. 1 G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be 1 exceeded. H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the 1 Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C600. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in 1410 either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI /AWWA C600. J. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating ' damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground 1 smooth and for push -on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled. K. Thrust Restraint: 1. All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by attaching clamps or restrained joints as specified. ' 2. Thrust - restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the line. 3. Restrained push -on joints, mechanical joints utilizing approved joint restraints shall be used in place of concrete backing. Tie rods 1 clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous coating or by encasement of the entire assembly with 8 -mil thick, loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AVVWA C105. Section IV -a 15062 -9 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 3.04 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.05 PREPARATION PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS INTO EXISTING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Approximate locations for existing piping systems are shown in the construction documents. Prior to making connections into existing piping systems, the Contractor shall: 1. Field — verify location, size, piping material and piping system of the existing pipe. 2. Obtain all required fittings, which may include saddles, sleeve type couplings, flanges, tees, or others as shown in the construction documents. 3. Have installed all temporary pumps and /or pipes in accordance with established connection plans. B. Unless otherwise approved, new piping systems shall be completely assembled and successfully tested prior to making connections into existing pipe systems. 3.06 PIPE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS A. Pipe connections shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's guidelines and as indicated in the construction documents. Pipe connections to structures shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's guidelines. 3.07 TAPPING FOR POTABLE AND NON - POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS A. Tapping shall be performed using standard tapping saddles as specified in Section IV.41.2.9 for use on ductile iron and PVC piping. Tapping shall be performed only with use of tap saddles or sleeves. NO DIRECT TAPPING WILL BE PERMITTED. B. All connections requiring a larger diameter than that recommended by the pipe supplier, shall be made with a pipe connection as specified and indicated on the drawings. Section IV -a 15062 -10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. Taps may be performed while the pipeline is filled with water and under pressure ('wet' tap), or when the pipeline is not filled with water and not under pressure ('dry' tap). 3.08 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used pigging and for flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.09 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Pressure Testing: 1. The Contractor shall backfill all pipe and thrust blocking before pressure testing unless the Project Representative directs certain joints or connections left uncovered. Where thrust blocking is provided the pressure test shall not be made until at least five (5) days after the thrust blocking has been installed. A high early strength concrete may be used to reduce this time. 2. All newly laid pipe, including fitting and valves shall be pressure tested in accordance with AWWA C -600. The duration of each such test will be at least two hours. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and a pump shall be hooked to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Project Representative to supply the test pressure of 150 psi. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The gauges used shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Project Representative, furnish to the Utilities Department certified test data for pressure gauges used for pressure testing. 4. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. Permanent air relief valves shall be located as shown on the plans. If air relief valves are not furnished the Contractor shall install corporation cocks for this purpose. 5. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, joints and appurtenances shall be carefully examined during the open- trench test. Any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves or appurtenances discovered in consequence of this test shall be removed and replaced with Section IV -a 15062 -11 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid acceptable material and the test shall be repeated to the satisfaction of the Project Representative. B. Leakage Test: 1. A leakage test shall be conducted after the pressure test has been satisfactorily completed. The Contractor shall, as before, furnish all pumps, pipe, connections and other items required to satisfactorily complete the leakage test. The leakage test shall have a duration of two hours at the pressure specified for the pressure test. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the formula for mechanical and push -on joints: SDP112 L= Allowable leakage [gph] L= S= Length of pipe tested [feet] 133,200 D= Nominal diameter of pipe [inches] P= Average pressure during test [psig] 2. The Project Representative, or his duly authorized representative, shall witness these tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for finding and repairing Teaks. No additional cost may be incurred by the Owner due to repairs because of failure of either test. The Project Representative has the authority to determine the number of repairs that will be made within a given length of pipe and has the right to request the Contractor to remove and relay a section of pipe if such does not comply with the established leakage rates as shown in the following table: ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE IN GALLONS PER HOUR (Test Pressure = 150 psi) Pipe Diameter Leakage per 1,000 feet 2 0.18 4 0.37 6 0.55 8 0.74 10 0.92 12 1.10 16 1.47 C. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 15062 -12 1 1 401 1 1 1 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid SECTION 15066 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, test, complete and ready for operation all stainless steel pipe as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Where the word "pipe" is used it shall refer to pipe, fittings, hangers, supports and appurtenances unless otherwise noted. C. The work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing interior and below grade flanged stainless steel pipe, fittings and specials. 2. Furnishing stainless steel pipe sleeves and stainless steel pipe wall castings for interior and exterior wall and foundation wall penetrations. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03310 — Concrete Work B. Section 09900 — Paintings and Coatings C. Section 15100 — Valves and Appurtenances 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Paragraph 6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the Contract Documents, the following: 1. Submit the name of the pipe, fitting and appurtenances manufacturers and a list of the material to be furnished by each manufacturer. Also include information on local representative for each manufacturer, if product is sold through a distributor. Section IV -a 15066 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 2. Shop drawings including piping layouts and schedules, including dimensioning, fittings, expansion joints, locations of valves and appurtenances, joint details, wall penetration details, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. Shop drawings shall include all data and information required for the complete piping systems. All dimensions shall be based on the actual equipment to be furnished. Types and locations of pipe hangers and /or supports shall be shown on the piping layouts for each pipe submittal. Contractor shall be responsible for accurate dimensioning of piping systems. 3. Proposed cleaning method, including precleaning, descaling, chemicals to be used, or mechanical descaling method and final cleaning /passivation. 4. Certifications that welders are qualified, in accordance with ANSI B31.1, Paragraph 127.5 for shop and project site welding of pipe work. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A312 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. 2. ASTM A530 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe. 3. ASTM A778 - Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250. 2. ANSI B16.9 - Factory -Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. 3. ANSI B36.19 - Stainless Steel Pipe C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C111 - Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. Section IV -a 15066 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. E. American Welding Society (AWS) F. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, qualified and regularly engaged for the last five (5) years in the manufacture of the materials to be furnished. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with this Section. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Piping shall be installed in those locations as shown on the Drawings. B. The equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard types of stainless steel pipe and fittings for use in transporting wastewater. C. Stainless steel piping for the system listed below shall be designed for the following conditions: 1. System: Pump discharge piping to the valve vault. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe and fittings. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped. Pipe and fittings shall be examined before installation and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. B. In handling the pipe, wide cushioned slings or other devices and methods acceptable to the Engineer shall be used. No uncushioned ropes, chairs, wedges or levers shall be used in handling the pipe, fittings and couplings. Section IV -a 15066 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe by the Contractor, at the Contractor's own expense. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation and shall be kept clean until they are put into service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be fabricated from stainless steel sheet and conform to ASTM A312, Type 316L. Carbon content of Type 316L material shall be 0.03 percent maximum. Finish shall be No. 1 or No. 2D. B. Pipe shall be die - formed or rolled true to dimension and round. Tolerances for length, inside and outside diameter and straightness shall conform to ASTM A530. The two edges of sheet shall be brought to line so as not to leave a shoulder on the inside of the pipe. Ends of pipe and fittings shall be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. Longitudinal seams on pipe and fittings shall be welded by either the tungsten gas or the metallic -gas method. The interior welds shall be smooth, even and shall not have an internal bead higher than 1 /16 -in. All pieces shall be marked with gauge and type of stainless steel and with the initials of the inspector marked on the inside of each piece, at each end. C. Stainless steel discharge piping interior to the wet well shall be fabricated 316L Sch. 40, unless otherwise specified. For discharge pipe sizes greater than 6 -inch, seamless 316L Sch. 10 may be used. D. Buried stainless steel piping for diesel back -up pump suction line shall be fabricated 316L Sch. 40. E. Fittings shall be smooth curve type manufactured to ASTM A403. Fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.9. F. Flanges for pipe larger than 4 -in. shall have stub ends or rolled angle rings of the type of stainless steel as the pipeline welded to the pipe end, with suitable gaskets between the mating surfaces and joined through the use of 125 lb. rated back -up flanges, drilled to ANSI B16.1, and made of Type 316 stainless steel. Where the pipe stub is to pass through a sleeve during installation, a split -type back up flange shall be used. Bolts, washers, nuts and other hardware for flange bolting shall be Type 316 stainless steel. G. Gaskets for flanged connections shall be a minimum of 1 /16 -in thick and shall be rubber. Section IV -a 15066 -4 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid H. Shop fabricated multiple output headers may be used in lieu of individual flanged fittings. I. Wall pipes shall have integral shop - welded wall stops. J. All stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be pickled at the point of manufacture, scrubbed and washed until all discoloration is removed in accordance with ASTM A380. Pipe and fittings shall be sandblasted and cleaned with solvent or other means acceptable to the Engineer. K. Pipe ends shall be prepared for couplings or other type ends where required by transport and handling limitations, where required by the support layout requirements and where noted on the Drawings. All normal pipe joints at valves, bends, etc, shall be flanged, drilling per ANSI B16.1, Class 125. L. Shop welding of fabrications shall be done according to the procedures and by welders certified per ASME Section IX. Welds shall be by an inert gas shielding process using only extra low carbon filler metals. Welds shall have a bead height of no more than 1/16 - in. Butt welds shall have 100 percent penetration to the interior or backside of the weld joint. Cross - sectional thickness of welds shall be equal or greater than that of the parent metal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All pipe and fittings shall be installed true to grade and alignment and pipe anchorage and /or restraint shall be provided where required. Manufacturer's instructions shall be strictly followed. B. All pipe and fittings shall be protected from dirt, dust, oil, grease and other foreign matter during installation to prevent damage to pipe and to assure no foreign matter is left in the piping. C. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean all joint surfaces and gaskets, if any, with soapy water before assembly. Bolts shall be tightened alternately, evenly to the manufacturer's specified torques. Under no condition shall extension wrenches or pipe- over - handle ratchet wrenches be used to secure greater leverage. All electrical bonding or insulation shall be installed as joints are made up. Section IV -a 15066 -5 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid D. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the Drawings, shall be provided if required. Due consideration shall be given to thermal expansion/contraction over a temperature range of 200 degrees F. E. Sleeves of the proper size shall be installed for all pipes passing through floors or walls as shown on the Drawings. F. When cutting of pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine neatly, without damage to the pipe. Cut ends shall be smooth and at right angles to the axis of the pipe. G. After installation, stainless steel pipe lines shall be washed clean with steam or hot water to remove any foreign material picked up during transport. 3.02 JOINING FLANGED JOINTS A. Flanged joints shall be made with gasket, bolts and nut bolts stud with a nut on each end, or studs with nuts where the pipe is tapped. The number and size of bolts shall conform to the same standard requirements as the flange. 3.03 FIELD WELDING A. Welding in the field shall be done only if approved by the Engineer. Field welds shall be made by welders certified under ASME Section IX and be equal in all respects to shop welds. After field welding has been done, all joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and buffed using deburring and finishing wheels. 3.04 FIELD TESTING A. Field Testing of the pipe is specified in Part 3 of Section 15062, Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 15066 -6 1 1 h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements SECTION 15100 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Issued for Bid A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Plug Valves 2. Gate Valves 3. Check Valves 4. Valve Boxes 5. Air Release Valves 1.02 HANDLING A. All valves, unless otherwise directed, shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting, and under no circumstances shall valves be dropped, skidded, or rolled. Valves shall not be stacked or placed under pipe, fittings or other valves in such a manner that damage could result. B. Slings, hooks, or tongs used for lifting shall be padded in such a manner as to prevent damage to exterior surface or interior linings and valve components. If any part of the valve's coating, lining or components is damaged, the repairs or replacement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer prior to attempting installation of such valves. C. Only new valves will be allowed for installation and all valves shall be stored in a manner that they won't be damaged and kept free of dirt, mud, or other foreign matter that will be deemed detrimental to the proper performance of the valve. Section IV -a 15100 -1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid 1.03 INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be set and joined to the pipe and each type of joint as described in Section 15062 and this Section of these specifications. B. All valves shall be permanently stamped or tagged with stainless steel tags on the extension stem which differentiate reclaimed water valves from potable water valves. C. Cast iron valve boxes shall be firmly supported, maintained centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve and set in a 2 -foot by 2 -foot by 6- inches thick concrete collar as shown on standard details. The box cover shall be flush with the surface of the finished pavement. All box lids shall be painted OSHA safety purple, color coded to type of service. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use in controlling the flow of reclaimed water. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Paragraph 6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.07 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. Section IV -a 15100 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 el 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUG VALVES A. All plug valves shall be eccentric plug valves capable of sustaining 150 psi in either direction without leaking. B. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with current AWWA Standard C- 504-80 Section 5. Each valve shall be performance tested in accordance with paragraph 5.2 and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test as described in paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The manufacturer shall furnish certified copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in Section 5.5. C. Plug valves shall be of the non - lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the Plans. Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI 150 Ib. standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C111- 72. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C100 -55 Class B. Screwed ends shall be to the NPT standard. D. Plug valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B Semi - steel, 31,000 psi tensile strength minimum in compliance with AWWA Standard C507 -73, Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504 -70 Section 6.4. Port areas for valves 20- inches and smaller shall be 80 percent of full pipe area. Valves 24 inch and larger shall have a minimum port area between 80 and 100 percent of full nominal pipe area. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Resilient plug facings shall be of Hycar or Neoprene. E. Plug valves shall be furnished with permanently lubricated stainless steel or oil- impregnated bronze upper and lower plug stem bushings. These bearings shall comply with current AWWA Standards. 2.02 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES A. See Specification 502 -3 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. 2.03 CHECK VALVES A. Check valves for cast iron and ductile iron pipe lines shall be swing type and shall meet the material requirements of AWWA Specification C508. The valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted, single disc, 175 psi working water pressure and nonshock. Valves shall be as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, American, Kennedy, M &H, or approved equal. Section IV -a 15100 -3 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid B. When there is no flow through the line, the disc shall hang lightly against its seat in practically a vertical position. When open, the disc shall swing clear of the waterway. C. Check valves shall have bronze seat and body rings, extended bronze hinge pins and bronze nuts on the bolts of bolted covers. D. Valves shall be so constructed that disc and body seat may easily be removed and replaced without removing the valve from the line. Valves shall be fitted with an extended hinge arm with outside lever and weight. Weights provided and approved by the Engineer shall be installed. 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. See Specification 502 -3 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. 2.05 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. The air release valves for use in force mains shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. The valves shall have a cast iron body cover and baffle, stainless steel float, bronze water diffuser, Buna -N or Viton seat, and stainless steel trim. The fittings shall be threaded. The air release valves shall be Model 400 SARV as manufactured by APCO Valve and Primer Corporation, Schaumburg, Illinois; or approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe. Section IV -a 15100 -4 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 Lift Stations # 7 & 8 Improvements Issued for Bid E. Alloy steel bolts and nut for flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Cor -Ten bolts, nuts and washers. Cor -Ten for mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All valves and joints to be wrapped with 8 mil. Color coded poly wrap. F Prior to the installation of sleeve -type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. G. Valve boxes with concrete collars shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment during backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box. 3.02 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust - inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. B. All exposed piping, valves and meters shall receive one (1) primer coat of Tnemec Series 66 or equal (4 -5 dry mils) and two (2) coats of Tnemec Series 72 or equal (2 -3 dry mils each). The color shall be Safety Purple. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed valves and appurtenances shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test as described in other sections of these specifications. All leaks in valves and appurtenances shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Project Representative. Prior to testing, the pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION Section IV -a 15100 -5 APPENDIX OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION 'Table of Contents OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS 1 Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Instructions 2 REQUEST TO REQUISITION FORM 3 1 1 1 1 I. • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N APPENDIX i Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 I. • 1 N IAPPENDIX APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS 1 Updated 2/11/2016 APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Instructions 1. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (P0) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 2. Contractor shall submit a list (ODP Summary) of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for consideration prior to initial pay application. Certain bid proposals will list pre- determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost and (b) sales tax savings associated with the item. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. 3. Contractor shall prepare Request to Requisition forms (see attached) for each vendor to the City for review and approval, in electronic, MS Word format. The City will review, code, and process the requisition form. The City prefers that all Request to Requisitions be included in a single submittal. 4. A Change Order (CO) shall be issued to Contractor reducing their PO by the amount of the ODP purchase(s) and the sales tax savings (per Request to Requisitions). COs will be drafted by the City and will be forwarded to the Contractor for execution. Contractor shall submit two (2) originals, signed, sealed and witnessed, to the City for execution. One fully executed original CO shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Concurrently, the City Purchasing Department shall issue ODP POs directly to each vendor (via email), along with an executed Certificate of Entitlement and the City's Certificate of Tax Exemption. The Contractor and City Project Manager will be copied. 6. City's Project Manager shall coordinate delivery with Contractor and Vendor. Material shall be delivered to the project site. Contractor will verify contents and check for defective materials. Vendor to send original invoice to the City as the purchaser and a copy to the Contractor. Invoices shall include the ODP PO number and invoice number. 7. Contractor shall review invoice copy for accuracy and send electronic approval to the City Project Manager within fourteen (14) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice. This electronic approval shall consist of the Contractor's signature, date, and indication of approval on the scanned invoice as well as scanned copies of the delivery documentation or an explanation as to why the invoice should not be paid. These items shall be emailed to the City Project Manager and City Engineering Department's Senior Accountant, copy to Construction Inspector. 8. Contractor shall provide delivery documentation (delivery ticket, packing slips, bill of lading, etc.) in hard copy form to the City Project Manager attached to a copy of the invoice within thirty (30) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice. If these hard copy items are delivered within fourteen (14) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice, then electronic approval as noted in paragraph seven (7) above may be excused. 9. City Project Manager shall have final approval to pay invoices and City Accounting Department shall issue payment to the Vendor for materials or equipment received. 10. ODP POs must be closed out prior to closing out the contract /Contractor PO. If material costs needed for the project exceed the ODP PO amount, the ODP PO will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP PO will be paid for by the Contractor. 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M APPENDIX 2 Updated 2/11/2016 APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT r‘r‘f- inAcm-r-A-rinni REQUEST TO REQUISITION FORM - I For Owner Direct Purchase Materials CLEARWATER BRICHT AND BEAUTIFUL BeTY 10 BEACH d 0°07,n0,1W-77,e, F4 ss -7,,sw7i,c7mwowgfrripsraff,^", di.op,m41 Sales Tax Savings to Owner (First $5,000 x 7.0%, thereafter Sales Tax Rate is 6.0%) v-v e4 „yr ,m,reffly- " - * tart up services and training are included in the a ve,pric,.if provided for in bi Special Delivery Instructions Send Original Invoices to: City of Clearwater CONTRACTOR Engineering Department Attention To: - 7, PROJT -*si..ocOfrt:*AMg, Mailing Address P.O. Box 4748 Phone Number Clearwater, FL 33758 IApproving Official (City of Clearwater Representative): Send Copy of Invoice to: Signature: IPrint Name: Title: Date: legineering will provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program and State Retention Schedules. • APPENDIX 3 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 9 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 10 AFFIDAVIT 11 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 12 PROPOSAL 13 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 16 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 17 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 SECTION V i Updated 6/3/2016 KEN BURKE, CLERK OF COURT AND COMPTROLLER PINELLAS COUNTY, FL INST# 2017033618 01/31/2017 at 01:34 PM OFF REC BK: 19502 PG: 2583 -2585 Doc TYPe :BOND RECORDING: $27.00 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents 0202749 Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR Hinterland Group, Inc. [Hinterland Group, Inc.] 992 W. 15 Street Riviera Beach, FL 33404 [principal business address] 561 640 3505 [phone number] SURETY OWNER Berkley Insurance Company [name] 412 Mt. Kemble Ave., #310N Morristown, NJ 07960 [principal business address] 973 775 5259 [phone number] City of Clearwater [Engineering Dept.] 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562- [4750] PROJECT NAME: [REBID: Lift Station 7 & 8 Improvements] PROJECT NO.: [ 15- 0005 -UT] PROJECT DESCRIPTION: [The work includes, but is not limited to: concrete, piping, valves, lighting, pumps, and installation of new control panels. ] BY THIS BOND, We, Hinterland Group, Inc. , as Contractor, and Berkley Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[1,064,030.00], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of [REBID: Lift Station 7 & 8 Improvements], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract: and SECTION V Page 1 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V - Contract Documents Bond No.: 0202749 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 26 day of January , 20 17 (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). (Hinterland Group. Inc.1 WITNESS: Co ecre Prmt# wee-7- ==.: . 42 zx. corporate s21 a .d •. V J ` A x 4• ss o7 ex; u iii co b � -k ,- - .► SECTION V Page 2 of 17 By: Title: ?,eupe-Aer Print Name: 1,A, A4r6- . WITNESS: Print N Berkley Insurance Company ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: Daniel F. Wagner (affix corporate seal) a M P '• N (Power of Attorney must' blittactted) '•.., a "'- Ti;,.. Jp 5/,316 �+ o ` • • This CONTRACT made and City of Clearwater, Florida, '&,V762444J1, GR.ouPirA) Pacm &nal [Or, if out of state.] SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) entered into this 15 day of ,t.-1.7 ( Q , 20 (' 7 by and between the a municipal corporation, hereinafter . esignated as the "City ", and c. , of the City of Rxa,q Svc!, County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". This CONTRACT made and entered into this day City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, , a/an' f of the City of , 20 by and between the hereinafter !designated ais the "City ", and' State) Corporation authorized to do of County of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". business the State WITNESSETH: Florida, and State of That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: [REBID: Lift Station 7 & 8 Improvements]' PROJECT NO.: [15- 0038 -UT] in the amount of $_1,064,030.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF • THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO SECTION V Page 3 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE S UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). • • SECTION V Page 4 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and /or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 5 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727 -562 -4092, Rosemar €e.Call,a'myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. SECTION V Page 6 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. SECTION V Page 7 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: 1,0 d2C-1,4401 William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: Ct420( C` c "`'0f George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contr ctor must Corporation Partnership Company or Individual indicate whether The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Attest: .)a-Sabluihtt 4.44_ Rosemarie Call City Clerk Approved as to form: (SEAL) ew M. S Assistant City Attorney By: Pri Name: v,¢, -2..A rE2a-- Title: f,z3z-bc„ - (SEAL) SECTION V Page 8 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: [REBID: Lift Station 7 & 8'Improvements] [Engineering Dept.] PROJECT NO.: [15- 0038 -UT] 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ J, Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [Hinterland Group. Inc.]' Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of [insert name of Contractor], [address] [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater [Engineering Dept.] 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 9 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Palm Beach ) Daniel Duke III being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is Secretary of Hinterland Group, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 992 W. 15th Street Riviera Beach Palm Beach (Street & Number) (City) (County) Florida (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of Hinterland Group, Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Daniel Duke 111 (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for City of Clearwater or said corporation by virtue of Resolution of Board of Directors 6/26/2006 is President (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolutio • d. - e adoption). Daniel Duke III Affiant Sworn to before me this 11 day of December SECTION V !aQ`'pAry`'""\ ANDREA tSHARPE • . p • ` MY COMMISSION #FF057105 .7 "d EXPIRES November 15, 2017 (4071398.0153 FlorldeNolary®ervI00,com , 20 16 . O\OQ .S p Notary Public Andrea L. Sharpe Type /print/stamp name of Notary Executive Assistant Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Page 10 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT • STATE OF FLORIDA ) • • COUNTY OF Palm Beach ) Daniel Duke III being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of Hinterland Group, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or` that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 11 day of *• ANDREA L SHARPE • IA `f MY COMMISSION #FF057105 OS EXPIRES November 15, 2017 fl; (407) 398 -0153 F oridallotaryService.com December Notary Public ,2016 QA.S SECTION V Page 11 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for LIFT STATIONS # 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT # 15- 0038 -UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked LIFT STATIONS # 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT # 15- 0038 -UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SECTION V Page 12 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bid Bond Bank, for the sum of 10% of Bid Amount ($ 10% of Bid Amount ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: Daniel Duke 111 ADDRESSES: 992 W. 15th Street, Riviera Beach, Florida 33404 SECTION V Signature of Bidder: Page 13 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Daniel Duke III By: Comp: ny Legal Name: Hinterland Group, Inc. Title: President Doing Business As (if different than above): N/A Business Address of Bidder: 992 W. 15th Street City and State: Riviera Beach, Florida Phone: 561 - 640 -3503 Zip Code 33404 Email Address: DDuke1@hinterlandgroup.com Dated at 992 W. 15th Street, Rivier Beach, this 11 day ofDecember , A.D., 2016. • SECTION V Page 14 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: LIFT STATIONS # 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT # 15- 0038 -UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. SECTION V Addendum No. 1 Date: 12/6/2016 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Daniel Duke III / Hinterland Group, Inc. (Name ( gnat re of Officer) President (Title of Officer) 12/12/2016 (Date) Page 15 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: LIFT STATIONS # 7 & 8 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT # 15- 0038 -UT) CONTRACTOR: 1- -1.,nrlertcl.rNc=1 L, rt -�-n c_ . BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ t 1 OtoLI 1 30, oO (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: 0 1E' M, t 1. or1 TOU: • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Aut ; ized Signature Daniel Dyke 111 Printed Name President Title Hinterland Group, Inc. Name of Entity /Corporation STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Palm Beach The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 12 day of December , 20 16 , by Daniel Duke III (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of Hinterland Group, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein X , or produced a (type of identification) as identification_ and whn A; /did not take ' 4:1, ath. '`- ANDREA L SHARPE ath. Q f pQ a,. i '1 MY COMMISSION #FF057105 � d� ' ' EXPIRES November 15, 2017 (407).14:010 KIOrld6NOtaryeerviee:eem My Commission Expires: 11/15/2017 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Andrea L. Sharpe Printed Name SECTION V Page 17 of 17 Updated 2/11/2016 • Detail by Entity Name Page 1 of 2 Florida Department of State DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS rg Department of State / Division of Corporations / Search Records / Detail By Document Number / Detail by Entity Name Florida Profit Corporation HINTERLAND GROUP INC. Filing Information Document Number P06000086423 FEI /EIN Number 20- 5156844 Date Filed 06/26/2006 State FL Status ACTIVE Principal Address 992 W. 15TH STREET RIVIERA BEACH, FL 33404 Changed: 11/20/2015 Mailing Address 992 W. 15TH STREET RIVIERA BEACH, FL 33404 Changed: 11/20/2015 Registered Agent Name & Address DUKE, DANIEL A, III 992 W. 15TH STREET RIVIERA BEACH, FL 33404 Name Changed: 04/09/2013 Address Changed: 11/20/2015 Officer /Director Detail Name & Address Title PSTD DUKE, DANIEL A, III 992 W. 15TH STREET RIVIERA BEACH, FL 33404 Annual Reports Report Year Filed Date 2014 01/10/2014 http:/ /search. sunbiz.org/ Inquiry/ CorporationSearch/ SearchResultDetail ?inquirytype= Entit... 12/12/2016 • Detail by Entity Name Page 2 of 2 2015 2016 01/23/2015 01/28/2016 Document Images 01/28/2016 -- ANNUAL REPORT 11/20/2015 -- Req. Agent Change 01/23/2015 — ANNUAL REPORT 01/10/2014 -- ANNUAL REPORT 04/11/2013 -- ANNUAL REPORT 04/09/2013 -- Req. Agent Change 04/19/2012 -- ANNUAL REPORT 02/17/2011 -- ANNUAL REPORT 02/15/2010 -- ANNUAL REPORT 04/16/2009 -- ANNUAL REPORT 01/20/2008 -- ANNUAL REPORT 01/09/2007 -- ANNUAL REPORT 06/26/2006 -- Domestic Profit View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format IView image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format IView image in PDF format I View image in PDF format IView image in PDF format I IView image in PDF format 1 FiJ! Cii Depart!ne! Di atolls http: / /search. sunbiz.org/ Inquiry/ CorporationSearch/ SearchResultDetail ?inquirytype= Entit... 12/12/2016 No. BI -10179 POWER OF ATTORNEY BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully. 110 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company "), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Greenwich, CT, has made, constituted ct c and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Daniel F. Wagner of Wagner Bonding & Insurance, Inc. 'y of Lakeland, FL its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to sign its name as surety only as delineated below and to execute, seal, - -o acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds and undertakings, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, providing that ct .- no single obligation shall exceed Fifty Million and 00 /100 U.S. Dollars (U.S.$50,000,000.00), to the same extent as if such bonds v - had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own cn v) proper persons. P c --c- .-:,' This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, - 5 without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on January 25, 2010: U = v . RESOLVED, that, with respect to the Surety business written by Berkley Surety Group, the Chairman of the Board, Chief o ,o Executive Officer, President or any Vice President of the Company, in conjunction with the Secretary or any Assistant oSecretary are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney -in -fact named therein o �• to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations on behalf of the Company, and to affix the 3 — corporate corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; and said officers may remove any such o. o attorney -in -fact and revoke any power of attorney previously granted; and further U RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recognizances, F. = or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the .d v manner and to the extent therein stated; and further -o RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney -in -fact named; and ct further 8 RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any s power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or c other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any a. person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have -6 E ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. s ._ y IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Comp y has ca ed these resents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its ° ° corporate seal hereunto affixed this) ay of r,. / , 2015. o x Attest: ct (Seal) By c -d Ira SL[ derm o r o o. L y = STATE OF CONNECTICUT ) , -- ) ss: Senior Vice President & Secretary Berkley Insurance Company 7-1(//1114, Halter for Vice President By WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE "BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) L C AL Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this day of 20 Ira S. Lederman and Jeffrey M. Hafter who are sworn to me to be the Senior Vice President and Sec etarv, and he Senior Vic dent, respectively, of Berkley Insurance Company. MARIA C. RUNDBAKEN Q c NOTARY PUBLIC A MZ 1— C 1 C :7:c e I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded MY COMMISSION EXPIRES otary Public, State o Connecticut APRIL 30, 2019 CERTIFICATE y and that the authority of the Attorney -in -Fact set forth therein, who executed the bond or undertaking to which this Power of . Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this day of ZL14 (Seal) Andrew CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD(YYYY) 01/27/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to 0 e terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the rtificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER South Shore Insurance Inc. 901 SW Martin Downs Blvd Palm City FL 34990 CONTACT NAME: Jennie Duke PHONE N Frt).(772) 426 -9973 E-MAIL DSS• Jennie @southshore- insurance.com FAX (A/C, No): (772) 221-1960 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED Hinterland Group Inc. 992 W. 15th Street Riviera Beach, FL 33404 INSURERA: United States Fire Insurance Company INSURER B : North River Insurance Company 21113 21105 INSURER C: AGCS Marine Insurance Company 22837 INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSf SUBR wv(Z POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM /DD/YYYYI POLICY EXP IMM /DD/YYYY],,, LIMITS B X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y 543- 998915 -1 01/31/2017 01/31/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 $ 50,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PRFMISFS (Fa non uoonce) X XCU Coverage Included MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: X LIMIT APPLIES PE PER: LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ AUTOMOBILE A X 111, X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALLOWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OOS WNED AUTrrident) Y Y 133 - 740178 -2 01/31/2017 01/31/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Fa accident) $1 , 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ (PeraPROPERTY DAMAGE $ $ X B UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE 5821069842 01/31/2017 01/31/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,000 AGGREGATE $ DED RETENT ON $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY B OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N Y N / A Y 408 - 730540 -5 01/31/2017 01/31/2018 X PER STATt1TF OTH- FR E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT C Inland Marine MZI93075677 01/31/2017 01/31/2018 Rented /Leased Equi $300,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) Should any of theabove policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left, but failure to do so shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the insurer, its agents or representatives. Certificate holder is listed as an additional insured only if required by written contract/agreement with the insured executed prior to accident or loss. A Waiver of Subrogation is provided only if required by written contract/agreement with the insured executed prior to accident or loss. Fl ATE HOLDER Engineering Office,C /OCathy Tefft,RM 202 100 S Myrtle Avenue LIII City of Clearwater Clearwater, FL 33756 I SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE <JND> ACORD 25 (2014/01) © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD • ADDENDUM NO. 1 for Lift Station #7 & 8 Improvements CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Project Number 15- 0038 -UT DATE: December 6, 2016 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: General Clarifications 1. Included with this Addendum is the latest Issued for Bid Plans Set dated October 26, 2016. Responses to Submitted RFIs 1. Please confirm estimated award and NTP dates. Response: The estimated award date is January 19, 2017. The NTP date will be determined at the pre- construction meeting. 2. Please confirm any schedule restrictions /constraints for each station. Response: Per Specification Section 01010, 1.01, C, 2, no work shall be performed at LS 8 during spring break between February 15 and April 30. 3. Please confirm if the City has added additional monies to budget to provide for the deep sewer construction outside the wet well at LS 8. Response: Project budget has been updated. 4. Please confirm the estimated project cost budgeted to provide to Surety for underwriting purposes [bid bond and performance /pmt bonds]. Response: The original budget for the 2 lift stations is $600,000. However, additional works have been added during the design. We rely on the contractor to provide us with the accurate project • construction cost. 5. Please confirm average operating costs [billed electrical] per station between 11/15 and 6/16. Response: Per Specification Section 02770, 2.01, B, the bypass pumps shall be diesel powered. 6. If the contractor elects to use electric primary bypass pump, will the City assume the cost of billed electrical use during construction? Response: Per Specification Section 02770, 2.01, B, the bypass pumps shall be diesel powered. 7. Please confirm TDH, design max GPM and FM pressures at each station. Response: Bypass pumping requirements for each station are listed in Specification Section 02770, 2.01, G. • 8. Please confirm if EIT is an approved coating system for use on project. See attached specification file. Response: City approved coating systems are Green Monster and Spectrashield. 9. Please confirm whether or not City has coordinated /scheduled site electrical modifications with DUKE in advance of LS construction activity. Response: It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate electrical work with Duke. 10. Regarding building permits, please confirm if City intends to pre- submit construction plans to Building Department ahead of time so that plans are available for pickup by contractor following NTP. Response: Plans have been approved by the Building Department. Contractor has to submit the permit applications for the two permits. • • • 11. Has the City commissioned a soil boring report for the proposed deep sewer replacement outside the wet well at LS 8? Response: No soil boring information is available for the sewer repair. 12. Why did City change pre -bid meeting to recommended instead of mandatory? Response: The re -bid is recommended since many contractors have already attended the first pre -bid meeting. 13. Please confirm estimated storage time in upstream sewer system following LS shutdown at both stations Response: Contractor to assume no storage is available at both lift stations. END OF ADDENDUM #1 LIFT STATION #7 201 JEFFORDS ST. CLEARWATER, FL LIFT STATION #8 212 HAMDEN DR. AT DEVON DR. CLEARWATER, FL PROJECT LOCATION MAP for LIFT STATION #7 PROJECT LOCATION MAP for LIFT STATION 8 rwater U Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS Sect 09 Twn 29S, Rng 15E SHEET INDEX Sheet Number Sheet Title 1 COVER SHEET 2 GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS S EXISTING SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 7 4 PROPOSED SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 7 8 DEMOLITION LAYOUT & SECTION FOR urr STATION 7 6 PROPOSED LAYOUT & SECTION FOR LIFT STATION 7 7 DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION 7 8 STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION 7 9 SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 8 10 STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION B 11 PROPOSED LAYOUT & SECTION FOR LIFT STATION 8 12 STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR LOT STATION 8 19 DETAILS 14 DETAILS 15 ELECTRICAL NOTES. ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS 18 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 7 17 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) FOR LIFT STATION 7 18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) FOR LIFT STATION 7 19 ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATION FOR LS 7 20 ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION 7 21 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION B 22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2 ) FOR LIFT STATION 8 23 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2 ) FOR LIFT STATION 8 24 ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATION FOR IS 8 25 ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION B 28 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES LIFT SCHEMATIC FOR IS 7 & 8 CITY OFFICIALS George N. Cretekos Doreen Hock - DiPolito Jay Polglaze Bill Jonson Hoyt Hamilton William B. Horne II Mayor Seat 1 Councilmember -Seat 2 Councilmember -Seat 3 Councilmember -Seat 4 Councilmember -Seat 5 City Manager Michael D. Quillen, P.E. City Engineer Approved By Date Approved CITY ENGINEER e, e. IRLEN.R.R.R 1 /SSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 Contract No. Plan Set No. 15- 0038 -UT GENERAL NOTES 1. LOCATIONS. ELEVATIONS, AM EMEMSIONS OF COSMIC UNITES. STRUCTURES NA OTHER FEATURES NE SEWN ACCORDING TO THE BEST ITERATION MAILABLE AT THE THE OF PREPARATION OF THESE PLANS. BUT DO NOT PURPORT TO BE ABSOLUTELY CORRECT. THERE MAY BE OTHER IMPROVEMENTS. UTILRES. ETC. WHICH ME WITHIN TIE PROJECT AREA AtO WHICH HAVE BEEN INSTALLED MD ELEVATIONS, AND DIMENSIONS OF COSTING G UTNJTES, STRUCTURE MD OTHER FEATURES (WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN CR PLANS) RAFFECRNG TES WON( THE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION / RRECOONV. WILLING. 2. THE INEDRNTON PROVIDED IN THESE BANS IS SOLELY T ASSIST TIE CONTRACTOR IN ASSESSING THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH MAY BE ENCOUNTERED OARING THE COURSE OF WORK. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE DIRECTED. PRIOR TO BIDDING. TO CONDUCT WHATEVER IMESTIGATON NECESSARY TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL CORONETS TAT WILL BE ENCOUNTERED. 3. TIE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THE OWNER'S PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY WHEN CONFUCTS BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS ME DISCOVERED. 4. HOSTING POTABLE WATER SERVICE, SEWER SERVICE. TELEPHONE SERVICE. PARR SEWADE. AND CABLE TV SERVICE LINES TO EDEMA PROPERTIES ME NOT SEWN ON THE DRAWING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REED LOCATING ALL. SERVES MD FOR MAMNNING THEM AT ALL TIMER. 5. TE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION IS CALLED TO THE FACT TAT THERE WILL BE SEE UTONY CONFLICTS. R SHALL BE TIE CONTRACTORS RESPONSSNY TO LOCALE AND PROTECT ANY AND ALL DONNE UTNJTTES ON THE PROJECT. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SMALL EXERCISE EXTREME CARTON N AREAS Of SIRED UTIUTES AND SHALL PEACE AT LEAST 48 HOES NONCE TO TIE UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TO OBTAIN REED LOCATIONS OF DESTRO UNDERGROUND UTAIIWS. CAL SUNSHINE ONE CALL CENTER OF FLORIDA AT 1- 80D- 432 -4770 CO ARRANGE FIELD LOCATIONS. 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING FACILMES. MOVE OR BELOW GROUND TAT MAY OCCUR M A RESULT OF THIS ROM PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THIS CONTRACT. 8. ALL UNDERGROUND UNITIES MUST BE IN PLACE AND TESTED OR INSPECTED PRIOR TO BASE MD PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION. B. R IS ME CONTRACTORS RESPOSBIOY TO BECOME FA.GBGM RIOT THE PERM AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED BY THE VARIOUS GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES MD TE ENGINEER. THE OWNER HAS OBTAINED PIELAS COUNTY RIGHT-OF-WAY UTEULVTON PONT. 10. CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE EROSION CONTROL/SEDIMENTATION BMRER (SILTATION CARTE) TO PRESENT SILTATION OF ADJACENT PROPER( SUrtLIN. STORM SEWERS, MID WATERWAYS IN ADMEN, CONTRACTOR MALI PLACE SUITABLE MATERIAL. ON GROUND N NEAS WHERE CONSTRUCTION RELATED TRAFFIC B TO ENTER MD EXIT THE SITE IF, IN THE OPINION OF TE ENGINEER ARDOR LOCAL AUTHORITIES. EXCESSIVE QUANTITIES OF EARTH ME TRANSPORTED OFF -SITE ST HER BY NATURAL OWNAGE OR VEHICUWE TRAFFIC, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE AN CLEAN THE SYSTEM TO THE SAMFACTEN OF THE ENGINEER NO /OR AUMOMES. 11. SOD ALL RAGS LEFT BARREN AND OR DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WIN THE TECIR EAL SPECIFICATIONS. 12. THE CONTRACTOR MALL REPLACE AIL PAVING, STABIUZEO EARTH. CURBS, URIEEBAYS, SIDEWALKS, ETC. PER REQUIRED STANDARDS ROTH MATERIALS OF THE SAME TYPE OR BETTER THAN THAT REMOVE MRNG CONSTRJCTION. 13. EXLSTNG PLANT MATERIAL WITHIN AFFECTED LANDSCAPED AREAS WEL BE CAREFULLY REM VED, POTTED ARO PROPERLY STORED ME ENURED FOR SUBSEQUENT REWRITING. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK IN THE AREA REMOVED PUNTS OR TIER REPLACEMENTS AS NECESSARY SHALL. BE RFPLWETED, FERTIUZED NO WATERED. 14. THE CONTRACTOR 9111L PROVIDE ROUTINE MMRENANCE OF PERCENT MD TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL FEATURES UNTIL THE PROJECT S COMPLETE. 15. CONTRACTOR 9ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEWATERNG. TESTING ME OBTAINING NOV PERMITS ASSOCWED WITH DEWATERNG ACTIVITIES M PRUNED IN TIE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1B A REGISTERED LANE SURVEYOR AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SIPENSE MALL RESET AL SECTION CORNERS OR PROPERTY CORNERS DELEGATED OR DISTURBED BY THE CONSTRUCTOR 17. A VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES 50011 R MNNTAINED BETWEEN THE SANILRT SEWER MAINS MIND POTABLE WATER MANS 18. A LATERAL SEPARATOR OF 10 FEET EDGE TO EDGE MALL BE MANORED BETWEEN POTABLE WATER MAINS AND UNITARY SEWER MAINS INCLUDING SQNICE/MEIER BOXES. 19. 011 UNDEROROUND ARTY SHALL COVE A MINIMUM OF 38 RICHES OF COVER & A BAXNUN OF 8 FEET OF COVER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 20. SAN CUT EXISTING EDGE -OF- PAVEMENT PRIOR TO ASRAIT OR CONCRETE REMOVAL. 21. COMPACTION FOR PIPE BEGGING SHILL COMPLY WITH AMMO T -AN (100 %). 22. DISTURBED AREA WEN THE REM OF WY WILL BE COMPACTED TO ABS OF MAGNUM DENSITY MD SODDED. 23. TE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION S DIRECTED TO THE PROVISIONS OF ME TRENCH SAFETY ACT (FLORIDA STATUTES. SECTOR 553.80 ET. SEE.) AND THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH NNMSTRATION DEMEER SAFETY STANDARDS (29 CFR SECTION 1928.0.50. SUBPART B) WHICH SHALL APPLY TO CONSTRUCTION. 24. DO NOT DISTURB rooms UNDER DRAIN OR STORM SYSTEMS. IF TITRATION BED S DISTURBED. CONTACT TIE AREA INSPECTOR. NO STOCRPNAHG OR WTERVL N ROADWAY OR ON SDEWNE; ALL DM MID DEBRIS WILL BE REMOVED FROM JOB ANTE DULY. ROADS AND SDEWA KS TO BE SWEPT ONLY AS PART OF ONLY CLEAN-UP. MAINBNNNCE CIF TREE 25. ALL PROPOSED YORK MUST COMPLY WITH FOOT IFOEX NO. 700 28. ALL RIGHT -OF -WAY INSTALLATIONS WLL DE RI ACCORDANCE WITH PRACTICES REFERENCED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA UNE ACCOMMODATT NS WNUAL 27. SAFE KOESTER TRAFFIC IS T BE WI/RAINED AT ALL TIMES. 28. SIGNS MD BARRICADES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WTHI THE U.S. DEPARTMENT DE TRANSPORTATIONS 'MANUAL OR UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES' AM TE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TWNSPORTATIO NS 'ROADWAY MD NAT1C DESIGN STANDARDS' PARES 800 THROUGH 870 (LATEST EDITION). Latatuara 29.111E CONTRACTOR WLL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADHERING TO ALL TREE PROTECTION MEASURES REQUIRED BY THE CM' OF CLEARWATER'S CODES, ORDINANCE AND STANOMDS SPECIFICATIONS, TM WILL INCLUDE ALL TREE BA RIGOES, ROOT PRUNING NE TREE TRIMMING. THESE REOUIRMENTS ARE REQUIRED WINN THE SPECIFIED ENDS OF WORK' NO WILL ALSO INCLUDE ALL AREAS WHERE THE CONTRACTOR AND /OR HIS 'SUBCONTRACTORS" STAGE. STORE OR PARK EQUWMNT. MATERIALS. DEBRIS NO VEHICLES 30. ALL. TREE TRIMMING MD ROOT PRUNING ASSENTED WITH THIS PROJECT HALL BE DONE BY OR UNDER THE ERECT SUPERVISION OF AND INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF ARBORICULTURE (SA) CENTRED ARBORIST. 31. THE CONTRACTOR WLL FLAG OR PAM ALL PROPOSE ROOT PRUNING, PER THE APPROVED NUNS OR M REQUIRED BY THE CRY OF CLEARWATER'S CODE, ORDINANCES MID STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. THESE LINES MUST BE INSPECTED MD APPROVED BY THE WY INSPECTOR PRIOR TE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY ROOT PRUNING. 32. PRIOR TO FELD CHANGES TARING PLACE. IT WILL BE TIE CONTRACTOR'S RSPONNBLUTY TO REVIEW TE POIEITA IMPACTS TO EASING TREES WIN NS CERTIFIED APHORIST, AND INCLUDE MD MD ALL RECOMMENDED TREE PROTECTION MEASURES N HIS PROPOSAL TO MOONY THE APPROVED OESI N. THE PROJECT unworn MUST APPROVE ANY CRINGES TO THE AFPROED DESIGN PRIOR T IMPLEMENTATION OF MD CHANCE. 33. TYPE OF SOD USED TO RESTORE OWNER- MAINTAJNED AREA IN RENT OF WAY SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OMWER. SIMET1MTIEST 34. THE HORIZONTAL DATUM IS NORTH AAERIGVN DATUM (HAD.) IRE, 1999 ADJUSTMENT. 35. THE VERNAL DATUM IS NAND. 1MB AMOCO S6 OVATE. WO MVO. SS C�M T AlO1 LARA .mow OLOAWAR (7171 N FIALIC MAIM M.. Nm WS. 2116167. CO. M. NO ARA WOO CLOAWTER M. O%) MB�MUMO W W WMI WIfLTTCM COW NO Cf IgCM / BM•mwB / R. WOWS 1.11102K MM. IA MO 0+0 M -AAA 'TOW MAY S -EMT • AN OSOTON R ORDOA' ro IM Ct NN TRY FORM WA AN-MM W'J•8 17•1106 WAN MAC OW . POW= / OEVISPlat CPS COON CIO Cf Mo0.00M MOM / 0.27. / M RWIX CO/NIB OHAAC ONJ em-.° WHAM CNNf CM Of NCAWUM / OMIWMXI / W. M. 7011 W. HOB 11211 502-4A411 CRY OF OORO7O / M.O. / CNBMORT MAIMS G fn0 OCT-RI M ROM TINGE ME-wN PINT •SO.BI A M AlVtlfmn MOM ( OW POOR EM CXIIMWRI (WM 262.130 RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION 726.51 GA Ea -TAR RH TO Kam 6,3 O▪ � R TOMS OLP. YR▪ .O om MsnC w ABBREVIATIONS AAP ALPS MERE% ASSY NATO BoV RE BLDG WV CL CLR CO COO COOT CO CI. PP EE ED EL DO LW GP Jr COST O N FAC FIR FL F1NGR. RD FLO FM FT CAN ASP CV HO NUPE TE INV IRRG Jr JCT LC • NEC L CH MIED MFG MFR. MFR'S. AN MIN RISC AM) ARO NO M.T.S 0/C OP PE PC PO PRC P5 FT PVC PV PW fl REP RED REQT MU NJ ROT SAN SIR SLY PECS SO FT SS ST SHIM ST SNUCT SW SFM TEMP THE THE VERT WC TEL VAN WAN. TD ADASVRE NUTTER MARE/OWE ASSEMBLY AUTOMATIC BASELINE BILL VALVE END RANGE RAIDING BUTTERFLY VALVE CAST NON CAST ROTA PIPE CENTER UNE CLEARANCE ONTO OUT CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION COUPLING CHECK VALVE OWN DUCTILE IRON. warns NON PIPE GMT EACH ECCENTRIC EQUIPMENT DRAIN EIAMTION EQUAL EACH WY D ENSER ER EXSTG EXPANSION FUMED ROPIER COLPU NG FIRE HYDRANT RESED GRADE noon MORES FUSE FORCE ION FEET GALVANIZED GALVNMZED STEEL PIPE GATE VASE HOSE BBB HIGH DENSITY POLVEIIMFNE INVERT ELEVATION INVERT IRRIOATION JUNCTION ENT LENGTH OR LEFT LONG MEHFA MATERIAL MA ME REPLAN.. MANUFACTURED MANUFACTURING MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER'S MANHOLE WNW MISCELLANEOUS MECRANICAL JOAN ROOMED MOUNTING NORTH NUMBER NOT SCALE ON CENTER OR EQUAL OVERHEAD PLAIN END PPM OF CURVE PUSH-ON .ENT POM OF REVERSE CURE PUMP STATEN PONT OF TENDE(T PLUG VALVE POLWINYL CHLORIDE POTABLE WATER RADIUS OR RENT ENFORCED CONCRETE PIPE REDUCER REQUIRED RESTRAINED MECHANEL JOAN RETRAINED JOAN RLIAMMED WATER SAMPLE LIFE OR SOUTH SANITARY SHAT SLEEK SPEOFlGTENS SQUARE FEET STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD SORE STEEL B STRUCTIA SOLVENT MELD SWART FORCE MAIN TEMPORARY THREADED TRICK TYPEN UNION VERTICAL YIELD OR (VEST MDR OR WIN WATER • WIN LIRE ) WATER DE SETTEE LINE WELDED YALE MESA WELDED CONE MESH YARD CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 STALL-8-11 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL or moot (Me 42-070 SYMBOLS • 25.25 25.2' • • 4 • • • • • • • • B AM pm • O • fon ITT e OE IE ti `CA 'CA RIOS OF ELEVATION CMENSON FROM BUILDING TO BEERY / RENT -Of -WAY TAE BA LARD PREVENIEA BOLLARD POST BOX. CANE TEENBON B OX. ETECTIAC LIMY B DX. ELECTRIC UTILITY (TBANSODLEA) BOIL TELEPHONE DECORATE wit POE DEEM OUTLET WE NYRANT FLAGPOLE FINED FIND SETEN GEE INLET GROUND LIMIT WY AN010R UNIT PRE. METAL CONCRETE UNIT NEE, UNIT POLE, MOD MALBOX MOMMA SEPTIC MANHOLE GEAR SEER MNNOLL STEM SEWER MOIRE TELEPHONE MEEL ELECTRIC LETR GAS METES RECLAIM WATER REIM MATTE MITERED END SECTOR NDNTNNG WELL PEDESTRIAN CROSSING 90NAL SANITARY CLEANER SCHEDULE B-2 ITEM TELER M RISER TREE SW TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX IRDENNO n CABLE TEENER MARKER UIDERGROUN CABLE TELEMNOI WNNMG NOEL UNCERMDIM ETECTRC RANKER INTEMRUN ELECTRIC BAMBOO SW INTEREAON TER OPTIC MARKER UMORRON FOUR OPTIC AMMO SIGN UNDERWEAR FORMAN RAWER UMCd0LVN FOREMAN WAVING SON UMOAOMUN GAS INNER IANDERMOIN OAS WANING SON N LNDERGRON REONIED WATER MARE MERGER RELURED WATER WARMING SON UNDERWENT SMTARY RWET MARKER INTERNEE SANITARY SERER WARMING SON WERNER TETUHIIE WRIER UNDERGROUND TMENE M WARNING SIGN UNOAOROUD WIER MIXER UBNEPOIO O WATER WNW SIGN UTILITY PEE, CUNOETE UTNIT POLE, AETN UTLEY POLE, WOOD VALVE, GM VALVE, RCIAEED WATER VALVE, SAMTMY VALVE WATER ON VILILEI)T - ASPHALT • CONCRETE PAVERS 6 G w w F F R R It PM PONT 24. RCP Q TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE ♦,7 LAMPPOST rowm/TMFPNDRE ROM OR LANE NN POLES) • • POE N IPPONT WRE/STAT • WOOF (MVJL IAEwOTI • FRE HYDRANT (MERLE SPIGOT TO ROAD) o WANE SQUARE o MANHOLE POND • MANHOLE OBLONG • DROP INLET CURB INLET ED TRANSMISSION TOWER • MATTNNNA ..• PANNONE EM AC LINO WEER METER QELECTRIC VAULT OM TRAFFIC CONTROL BOX RISER • POST • SIGN SYMBOL O UNIOOWN SYMBOL • FLAGPOLE M MAILBOX • NO ID VALVE 250 NO ID MANHOLE ▪ • NO ID METER M NO ID COVER T•A VERTICAL PPE MONITOR WELL o M SAN SEWER MANHOLE m SAN SEWER CIENT T • S0 SEWER VALVE • • u SIN SOAR SCAM w MANHOLE STORM MLE • POE -NO CORES w GUY SUPPORT POE WONT -O -WT TOP O RAM( TOE O SLOE M CE NE NICE OF 8101 OWN UM FENCE IMESS OMMEM99E NOTED OVWEAD UTILITY LINES APPROXIMATE LOCATOR O UNDERWENT GAS LIE APPRECIATE =NE O LINAERGREA D WARN LIE APEMAN LOCATOR OF UNOROOUED FORESIAN APPRECIATE LOCATOR O UNORERGIMC RECURRED WATER UNE APPROBMAT: LOCATOR O AEETT0ROUTO SANITARY SEAR UNE APPROPRIATE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND STORM SEVER UIE T R E E L E G E N D •- BAY TEE ®- DOTRE BUSH THE •- CAMBER TREE 4- CEDM B• CHNABERRY TREE •- CITRUS TREE 4.G CYPRESS TREE 4 • ELM TREE • • EUCALYPTS TEE • • MAGNOLIA TEE • - MARE TEE MU0FNRY TEE • - OM TEE 4- OTHER SPEWS • - PALM IRE Q- ALCM TREE •- PEEWEE TREE - PINE TREE •- SYCAMORE TREE 4- WAX MUTE TREE • • MEOW TEE PIPING DESIGNATION 1O"TE L PIPE FITTING TYPE PIPE MATERIAL FLUID DESIGNATION PIPE SIZE DETAIL & SECTION DESIGNATION DETAIL NUMBER l�2 SHEET DETAIL IS LOCATED PIPING LEGEND DOUBLE LINE H M H H 1 II SECTI• LETTERA G -1 SHEET SECTION IS LOCATED COSTING PIPE NEW PIPE PIPE FITTING GATE VALE PLUG VALVE CHECK VALVE BALL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE FLANGED JOINT MECHANICAL JOINT SINGI F I INF N N N TREE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSNE FOR ADHERING TO ALL TREE PROTECTION MEASURES REQUIRED BY THE CITY OF CLEARWATER'S CODES, ORIE NOES MD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. TM WILL CONTRACTOR TR TREE HBJ SOAMDESBC II SODS STORE IMENG. THESE REQUIREMENTS WS. DEERS AND YDIT IOU THE SPECIFIED -UNITS OF WORK." AND HALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL AREAS WHERE NE 2. ALL. TREF TRNNPIG MID ROOT PRIMING DONE ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT ML BE DONE BY OR UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISOR OF M INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF ABORICULTRE GSA) CENTFED 3. THE CONTRACTOR WILL READ OR PANT ALL PROPOSED ROOT PRUNING, PER THE APPROVED PUNS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE CRY OF CLEARWATER'S CODES, CADENCES AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. NEB UNE MUST BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BT THE CITY INSPECTOR PRIOR THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY ROOT PIMPING. 4. PRIOR TO FIELD CANOES TAENG PLACE. TWILL BE NE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO REVIEW THE POEENTMAL IMPACTS CO EXISTING TREE WE HIS CORNED AMORIST, AND INCLUDE MIRY MD ALL REOOMMENDED TREE PROTECTION MEASURES IN HE PROPOSAL TO MOONY THE APPROVED DESCH. THE CITY'S ENGINEERING REPRSEITAT1VE MUST APPROVE ANY CHANGES TO TIE APPROVED DESIGN PRIOR TO IMPLEMEMNEN OF SAE CHANCE. fi NE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARCM ANY OPEN EXCAVATIONS OR CONSTRICTION ACTTAITES WHENEVER POSSIBLE MAN THE TRITCAL ROOT ZONE' OF AMY EXISTING TREE (LE. UNDER THE DRIRLNE/CNIOPT). CONSTRUCTION AC ICI TES SHE ALSO INCLUDE THE LIE NO /OR STORAGE OF ALL VEHICLES, MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT. PIPE. FITTINGS. MATERIALS. ETC. 8. WHERE CONSTRUCTOR ACTIVITIES ME ANTICIPATED TO LAST FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME NEAR EXISTING TREES. NE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NO MAMNN CITY APPROVED TREE BARRICADES AS WORN ON SHEET 32. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHILL COORDINATE WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE TN KURT 0 (727) 582 -4737. TO GRIMM APPROVAL IN MANNCE OF MY AND ALL WORE WI NN THE CRITICAL ROOT ZONE OF AM CASTING TEE ISSUED FOR BID ,o /2e /2o,6 A=COM 75„650 iM Courtney MIBRIUI C...M PN (e1) ce t e13 2e5 -Bn HAneA ERN W. LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1'7.512 wa. w.wwwl`" Noe i i5-0038-UT ORIWAR MY/2O/2016 OS MO 80417154 ROOM MI EWA HMO- SD CRAM on 0. N10% -2O. tS g T F Z2" ® GRAPHIC SCAR (III FEST) I [ I I I I i I I Il- I I GAS MAIN / _ 8" SAN SEWER PROPERTY LINE / \ / / {EXIS�NG TELEMETRY E SHEEP 5 FOR �> \ -rr — — DEMOLT gN -NWNy _ —— -- ..._�_— ._..___a___..__.- -� —.._ —_^ — REMOVE & DISPOSE OF EXISTING SHRUBS / `EXIST. B" SAN SEWER LINE / / / SEE SHEET 5 FOR DEMOLITION DRAWING CC7 EXISTING GENERATOR BUILDING SOUTH SIDE OF BUIL DING ____- in nn m Oik � � � =� 1� / I I I AFFORDS STREET 60' RIGHT -OF -WAY EXISTING 15" SAN PVC 1 EXISTNG [VALVE VAULT / / J SEWER, EXISTING WETWELL / L [ '11 ms>o._____ / / 18- SEAWALL EXISTING 12" SANITARY FM, DII -- -�/ SEWER, DIP--_--__-_-- - I 1S V' / /// // - � EXISTING IS S.W. / 1 1 I L _ _ __ J i I I EXISTING ASPHALT I\\ \ I L____. ___. ___- ._.__.___- _ -____ _ / / DRIVEWAY IM E. MR A / \ EXISTING IS" SAN.J -' RIM EL =5.85 / [ SEWER. PVC (W) IE =1.76 I I (E) IE =0.60 J I (5) IE =0.5] I EXISTING 6" SAN. SEWER. PV C y SE EXIST. NH 8 / RIM EL -6.08 (N) IE —D.IO (E) IE =040 _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ - _ - _ PROPERTY LINE l [I EXISTING HELICOPTER LANDING AREA FOR HOSPITAL / SUED FOR BID /0/26/20/6 RECORD DRAWINGS ; ' I CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ®CALL811 SUNSNINE STATE ONE CALL � . - BOO WOO C Campbell 11:::"... rjr. J 7 R•666 ro'moaofa sum LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS EXISTING SITE PLAN FOR UFT STATION 7 WA Tj pp W'� °O1° ,� SFE rewE AMA. R MOM ��,,°0'° >� B. Iwo+EV ,�e�°�" a Wum Of 26 ' 100 S. Myrtle Ave. - Clearwater, Fl 33756 � ue°�O a WeQr.e� —6.— '"W'®° � 16626 ,,,�,W>10 . , WwW w cnr.W REVISION r •ur .. ... .. "• ... �� mot— d 6' 10' SCALE 1" - 6' GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET) EXISTING 15' SAN. SEWER. PVC METER ASSEMBLY & HOSE BIBB SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE OWNER ISTING TELEMETRY BOLLARD MP 4 PLCS) PROPERTY LINE INSTALL 6' TEMPORARY LINE STOP 4 T)RESTRAIN EXISTING PIPES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RESTRAINED JOINT TABLE ON SHEET 14. SPLIT RING MEGALUGS SHALL BE EBAA IRON SERIES 1100 H0. CUT REMOVE & DISPOSE OF COST WATERMAN, METER ASSEMBLY & HOSE BIBB GAS UNE IS ABANDONED. CUT, REMOVE & DISPOSE OF EXIST GAS UNE CAP BOTH ENDS OF ROAMING PIPE. 6' DIP WM 6' 45' BEND. DI /RMJ (TIP 4 PLCES) 8" ABANDONED SAN SEWER B' PLUG _ WM. �7tJ4 'rL.� EA iT 2" G45 MAIN /L EXIST 6" WM I // REMOVE & DISPOSE OF / / EXIST. B' SAN SEWER UNE I / /I / // /1 / // I / // 11 / / 1 /1 /1 12' DISCHARGE DI/RMJ EXISTING GENERATOR BUILDING 7 EXISTING VALVE VAULT N 12" GATE VALVE RMJ EXIST. MN A RIM EL =5.85 (VI) IE =1.76 (E) IE =0.60 (5) IE -0.57 T I� I I I --I / \ \ I \ f ) L- T7�/ SEWER, PVC 12' TEMPORARY UNESTOP REMOVE AFTER GATE VALVE IS INSTALLED (STING 12" SANITARY FM, DI W EMERGENCY PURPORT CONNECTION EXISTING 15' SANE II II I I EXISTING 6" SAN. SEWER. PVC 1I L EXIST. MX B RIM EL -600 (N) IE -0.40 (E) IE -051 /� r I I LI / // EXISTING WETWELL EXISTING 15' SAN. SEWER. DIP EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVEWAY SILT FENCE SEE SHEET 14 /0YP) PROPERTY LINE EXISTING HEUCOPTER LANDING AREA FOR HOSPITAL 18" SEAWALL /LSSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS sOCOS PLIPII1D Wit IIVIVID REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL ROMIW (NM(1) 434-4770 MR MUM NAM RV DIONA71 9„M wee G"'7"' 0.400. 0.4.44, Too. : 113 flanda 33207 p11 Toe 20.2110-11387 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS PROPOSED SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 7 AI IA SP= 7 ROOM OW MD WCA OTY Or OM I 13-003B-UT 7.4)."` Loa 322 NFOW me 07147,4 tellpae B. MANGOES a: c« son on IIIOND No NG PANEL SITE PLAN OR DETAILS) _ � L I L I Z Q REMOVE IX (SEE ELE SHEET 15 EXISTING 6" PVC VENT' _ EXISTING HATCH COVERS II EXISTING GRADE /EXISTING HATCH COVERS EXISTING WETWELL @ HATCH COVER TO REMAIN EXISTING VALVE VAULT @ HATCH COVER TO REMAIN] 1 EXISTING 6" PVC VENT \ _- _ — �_— t �— w �Q 1 I 1 I I i ' 12" 01 PIPE - =O O °� - -�_ TEMpORMLY REMOVE ZING LEVEL TRANSDUCER FLOAT SWITCHES L - -- — �itOSi•S; ;;;;. -:. .� Siiiis�l i..Ag!i• ;•Oii•iiii•SiB•i• _.� .=:;%:%Stir max... ._....... \•i • \ \\ 1 � : %% %S %i Si %I'. W. _.. i - t MI MI ��•�� 1:441 ... 1 I ., .0 v;Y';';';Y'•Y'• H i • ® I 10' -0" ID CONCRETE' wEiKEU 2' P✓C (MAIN REMOVE & DISPOSE OF PIPING, -� 1 I •.; . . ❖••... ❖. ❖. ❖.�.....•• ❖. ❖•.: ❖.•. ❖..0.0..x:, • • VPLKS @LINK SFNS IN NEiNELL @ VALVE VAULT \r IIILLL ♦ . 6 i T / EXISTING VALVE VAULT WALLS & FLOOR TO REMAIN EXISTING 15" SAN SEWER INLET r , - I A • �• • ' • • ,, LL // T I / /�EX/SBNG 1.I" SAN. SEWER INLET REMOVE & DISPOSE OF PIPING. VALVES & LINK SEALS IN WEIWELL & VALVE VAULT II Z 1 / EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS SECTION / Till - / / / •! TO SC DEMOUSHED, REMOVED & ,•,x•,,.; DISPOSED OFF -SITE BA CONTRACTOR // s --- ____ -- - r _ __ _ _ _ _ .1: e ' 5 I I i0 //' PLAN VIEW OA SCALE: 1/2'.1' -0' /SSUED FOR B/D 10/16/2016 SCALE: 1 /2'.1• -0' �� T m^w+ i %uw (en) mFnn GRA)/xaeeax. ' 616666 DM•..q Nu..x: LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS DENT FORD FFTTroSTU fl & 57�� AM �A nr NNE a RECORD DRAWINGS 6 �°V66 We ... CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORD)A _ , 441'. . ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT i •. lea S. myrtle Ave. �� Clearwater, Fl 33756 1®A[tifl SUNSHINE STATE aEitm�u ,,,,.,,r,l s..... 01122.7.1.— MIK w cawrz -Art p��o/ta�2ota I„� W� ARGIL t•a° •` vtYOOY eowTAea e. twuELY •�SCnEtIEb1W a wmM s of RN —�� ..� MRIMO.. --Rtr- REVISION n ax , . • .,' • . �� a' .. ��. ... ig 2a 23' -0" 10' -o" EMERGENCY DIESEL PUMP CONCRETE SLAB 8" PROCO FTFXIBLE CONNECTOR, FUR TYx8" ECC REDUCER, DI /FL EMERGENCY DIESEL PUMP 12' 90' BEND, DI /FL 12' 90' BEND LR, 316 SST 12" PIPE, 316 SST, RxPE ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL PLATFORM (SEE SHEET 8) CHECK VALVE VAULT 12' APCO SERIES 100SR CHECK VALVE, FTAFL ABS & 'PRESSURE ^I I GAUGE I 2' SCH BO PVC DRAM PIPE 12' PIPE. 316 SST, FLAE 12' 45' BEND, 316 SST 12 GATE VALVE, RNJ .-� 2' DIP FL/PE r1==?' I . 12' 90' BEND, . DI /RAJ ]3 rn Er O1 I ' - L_ -r 8' UNIRANGE (TYP 6 PLCS) RLSIUa AGRUTUN€R AROUND NEW PIPE EL-4 -1 L I EXIST 12" FM, D1 . 1 8" DIP FL/PE NI I (TYP 3 PLCS) VALVE TAPPING I 8' PLUG VALVE, FUR %VALVE & SLEEVE ,1 I I (TYP 3 PLCS) IC_711r1 C_771 II .OTA -11111,-7 , f 8' CHECK 3 P C T 8 316 ST, FUJI\ --Jli5 ?T jL.J� ;71L iv NAr1jur_" c T r-, 8" DP, E 13T r L 12' GATE FLAP( I ' I TTf� VALVE RIM 12" TEMPORARY UNESTOP REMOVE AFTER GATE VALVE IS INSTALLED 8' BYPASS PUMPNG ASSY CONSTRUCTION SraIIFNCF: I. HOT TAP 12" FORCEMIN. 2. INSTALL BYPASS PUMPING ASSEMBLY AS SHORN ON PROPOSED LAYOUT. 3. OPEN EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE. 4. TEMPORARILY PLUG THE TOSTING 15 -INCH GRAVITY SEWER PIPE BETWEEN THE WETWELL AND THE MANHOLE. 5. SETUP, TEST MA START THE BYPASS 5301 LM FROM THE EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE TO THE NEW BYPASS CONNECTION ASSEMBLY. 6. INSTALL TEMPORARY UNESTOP. 7. CUT -N 12" GATE VALVE B. REMOVE TEMPORARY UNESTOP. 9. CONTINUE WITH UFT SIMON RFTUBMJTATION AND PUMP REPLACEMENT. T / (TYP O LINK PLCS)S O PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP 3 PLCS) FIANCE INSULATING GASKET KIT (TYP 3 PLCS) EXISTING 15" SAN. SEWER INLET PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/2 "■1' -0" B' 90' BENDS, FLOFL (TYP 3 PLUS) 1. CONTRACTOR SMALL RESTORE GROUND TO PRE - CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE & SOD DISTURBED AREA. 2. THE EXISTING CONCRETE PROTECTIVE UNER IS AURU SURE GRIP POLYPROPYLENE (PR -2). CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN THE WETWELL & INSPECT THE INTEGRITY OF THE DRSRNG UNER. IF DEFECTS ARE IDENTIFIED, CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AN ESTIMATE FOR THE REPNRS & PRESENT IT TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL. 3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS BEFORE ORDERING PIPE & FITTINGS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH CRACKS MOUND WEWELL & VALVE VAULT TOP SLABS. EXISTING GENERATOR / BUILDING / / EXIST HATCH % COVERT j EXISTING GRADE-\ XIST 12' FM, OI-1I REPLACE EXISTING VENT W/ 6" PVC & SST BUG SCREEN rir jj NSTALL UNK SEALS {3 (TOP 10 PLCS) !8" OP, RAPE 8' PIPES 316 SST O xft 8' PLUG VALVE (TYP 3 PLCS) 4 PRESSURE GAUGE 13 (TYP 3 PLCS) EXIST HATCH COVER INSTALL FLYCT SAFETY CRATE OR EQUAL (TYP 3 PLCS) NON- SHRINK GROUT DIESEL PUMP LEVEL TRANSDUCER 1 41 318 SST / FL/12' OCT BEND tr PE _ ;III " y 3.87' EXISTING GRA EL.8.3' D 10'-. 0" ID CONCRETE WETWELL EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER & CABLE TO BE REUSED P ON' EL 3.0' EXISTING 15' SAN\ SEWER INLET E =0.37 401316 SST PPE SUPPORT (TYP 2 PLCS) 4' CIA HOLE R.( -)4 r 8' 90' BEND. 316 SST /RxPE (TYP 3 PLCS) 12' SUCTION PIPE, 316 SST/ PExPE B' PIPE, 318 SST / FL/PE EXISTING FLOAT SWITCHES TO BE REUSED. OPERATING LEVEL TO BE SET BY THE CRY. OFT' EL. - 4 DIESEL PUMP FLOUT SWITCHES 0 SECTION SCAIE: 1/2'.1' -0' ISSUED FOR BID 10/26,2016 \EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 WCALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL or ROMS %FAY AECOIVI TWO ENO Ceselny CNn11ae1 Causeway TTa (SIX) 886 83107 Pie D S) 266 -1711 Fes (3j6,_.6811-8581 FM. Fnyr nY s: q Nni 00118 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS PROPOSED LAYOUT & SECTION FOR UFT STATION 7 ' MS&& w &L Ate &CA N/A NW 15-0038-UT sis El HW9aV arc Or CLW SISIEUERMAN sat SFr ABOVE OMEN 0. NA CON Serrina 6 Of 211 EXISTING GENERATOR BUILDING 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT GO PUMP CD225M 2' -10' B' PROCO FLEX CONNECTOR FL/FL VACUUM GAUGE® 12'10' ECC `RED 0/FL 12' 90 BEND DI /FL ELECTRICAL PANEL (SEE SHEET 14 THRU 25) FLANGE INSUTA NG GASKET KR 12' PIPE, 316 SST NEW C C SLAB 2" 3000 PSI CONC SLAB 4' THICK W/ 676 WWF VIBRATION PAD (PER PUMP MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS) 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT ALL AROUND ® PUMP FOUNDATION RAISED CONCRETE BASE SUB (TOP ELEV • 4' MOVE CONC SUB) 0 6 B SECTION SCALE: NTS 1/2' PVC DRAIN TO WEIWELL 12 9D LB BEND 316 SST BOTTOM OF PANEL EL. 16.0' MIN. HANDRAIL EL 14.0' EL -8.3' CONC. SLAB INSTALL UNK SEALS ® /l ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL PLATFORM (SEE SHEET B) I B' PROCO FLEX CONNECTOR FL/FL 4' ARV ASSY ®PRESSURE INDICATOR 12'xB' 90 BEND 0 /FL 12' DI /FLePE G I 0 1 PIPE SUPPORT GODWIN PUMP 00225)1 RAISED BASE O SLAB EL ■6.3' CONC. SLAB INSTALL UNK SEALS 1/2' PVC DRAIN TO WETWELL NOTES: 1) DIESEL PUMP AIR INTAKE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ELEVATION 16'. 2) DIESEL PUMP FUEL INTAKE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ELEVATION 13'. 3) DIESEL PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED REMOTELY ON THE ELECTRICAL PANEL PLATFORM. BOTTOM OF PANEL SHALL BE AT ELEVATION 16'. FROM DIESEL PUMP 42'730' ACCESS COVER HALLJWY SERIES SIR OR EQUAL 12' 90 BEND �I� t9 EFFL ENT DI,-• PUMP INSTALL UNK SFAS ® 12 90 BEND RMJ CHECK VALVE VAULT 6 DETAIL 8 SCALE: N15 2" DIP 9" OF /57 STONE 4012' OCEW /4012' OCEW (TIB) RECORD DRAWINGS MILINED IRIVMD 9.6 REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 &CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of FLORIDA . U (e BAR ASS-473O NM. u OMM6 _� FINISH GRADE 12" BD BEND 0/RMJ 0 6 6 SECTION SCALE: NTS 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT ALL MOUND PIPE OD • WIDE NEOPRENE SNET(TYP) 10, PIPE 8 LARGER VERT. 11301YOC. (173 MIN.) FOR CONC SLAB SET IN REINFORCING BAR IN EPDXY GROUT 12' (U.N.01 2171 E.F. BI Q 12. O.0 (273 MIN.) IN VERT. CONCRETE EQUIPMENT SLAB (FYP) CONCRETE PIPE SUPPORT 6 DETAIL 8 Sru r. NTS ISSUED FOR BID /0/26/2016 7650 A0 CNN, Caw.. Caw T .,O( RNNO 31407 M: fe 3) 140 -1711 F 5014 3-607 Fbride Ep4wr7q wnslr� d0080t 14 UFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS DETAILS FOR UFT STATION 7 07 ENEN OLTAASPID N/A I6- 0036-UT piMAW.. •11166107 61: MI Or OM 50.01561166 I SEE /WOVE SCN 6647444 IWDALV MEOM 6.11 10 10' -O" 1 5° STD PIPE (TYP ALL CORNERS) EL =21 .5' L J 1 "%3 /16 MCNICHOLS BAR GRATING (ATTACH PER MER) WELD METAL GRATING TO ALL SUPPORTING BEAMS W/ TACK WELD (3(0 "o LONG FILLET) AT EVERY THIRD BEARING BAR. TACK WELD TO SIDE BEAMS AT 24" O.C. NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED O PLATFORM PLAN FOR ELECTRICAL PANEL SCALE: NTS /5 0 9" o.c. WRH 1' -0" HOOK AT EACH END /5 0 9" O.C., 1°1111 0 9 o.c. wml 1•-0• H�\ 1NTE D O PEDESTAL ��m® CENTERED ON FOOTING l rin (2) 15 CONTINUOUS W/ STANDARD HOOK EACH FACE (3) NTI U5 j Ilk, CONTINOUS OP & BOTTO WIDE 6" PEDESTAL 2' -0" WIDE FOOTING 6" 3/4" CHAMFER (TYP) TOP OF PAD TOP OF FOOTING BOTTOM OF FOOTING DIESEL PUMP PAD SECTION SCALE: NTS NOTE: PAD DIMENSIONS DETERMINED BY EQUIPMENT FURNISHED EDGE OF GRATING & I-BEAM (NP) rL COL 1/2 "14 1/2" Yi J 0 BASE PL 3/4 "02 01' -0" FOUR, 1- 1/16 "0 HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS BP -1 ODETAIL —BASE PLATE SCALE: 3/4 "'" 1' -0" LEVELING NUT 3/4 "0 4 1/2" ANCHOR BOLT AB -1 ODETAIL- ANCHOR BOLT SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' -0" 0 SECTION AT COLUMN FOOTING SCALE: 3/8 "= 1' -0" SEE DETAIL 1 (TIP) 5" STD PIP (TOP ALL CORNERS SECTION SCALE: NTS 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" GUSSET PLATE - CENTERED DETAIL 2 2 DIA. POST AND RAIL INDUSTRIAL GRADE STEEL PIPE. WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. TOP OF TREAD NOTE: HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN ON PLATFORM FOR CLARITY 0 11" - 6' -5 12 213(e 1/2" CAP PLATE 2 "0 SCH 40 PPE (POSTS ONLY) 1O"0 HOLES Lz3,A x 0' -AN" (TYP) 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" SHEAR TAB W/ 3/4" A325 BOLTS a DETAIL 1 4'E (VARRIES) tXd Y4' CLR OFFSET RAILING (BEAM) W8a24 2 -6" MA% FOR CONVEYORS 2' -0" TYP FOR PLATFORMS 3/8" PL W/2 - 5/8 "0 A325 BOLTS W/ SELF LOCKING NUT & FLAT WASHER (TYP) SEE TYPICAL GUARDRAIL DETAIL THIS SHEET TOP OF CONC. SLAB EL. 8.3 A' HANDRAIL TYP. 3/8" GUSSET PLATE- CENTERED (SEE DETAIL 2) II FLC WIDTH a 10. (VARIES) TOP OF GUARDRAIL 20 SCH 40 PIPE RAILS (TYP) (VARIES; 2 "0 SCH 40 PIPE (POSTS ONLY) O 8' -0" 061. CENTERS CD, TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. STRINGER C8%11.5 (TYP) 4X401 /'4" W/ 3/4" 0 EXPANSION BOLT & 4" EMBEDMENT (NS & FS) & HANDRAIL DETAIL FOR STAIRWAY TOP OF SAFETY FLOOR PL OR GRATING CLIP 'L• TOP OF NIDRNL CLR we GUARDRAIL TERMINATION DETAIL 74 FLG NAItH V ITU TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SFCTION ()DETAIL - PLATFORM GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. (2) BOLT CONN (IYP) /SSUED FOR BID 10/26,2016 RECORD DRAWINGS Falada MFadaa REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®C07.0 SUNSHINE STATE 011E CALL Of ROOM .. BOB) 433 - {170" A ECU VI 7m Wwt away arab*.. Da way I WA 1717 Flo. FF1,awagla- R13) �3-6HF LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR UFT STATION 7 NO MO 1041701! 10/20/2018 ""40 /20 /WIN PPM MOM M S MOON VU re OIT OF CM OBIOS a1L001 WOW SEE /BOVE a OF n 8' -6" I P I W8%10 IF" `1 I I3. I SECTION SCALE: NTS 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" GUSSET PLATE - CENTERED DETAIL 2 2 DIA. POST AND RAIL INDUSTRIAL GRADE STEEL PIPE. WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. TOP OF TREAD NOTE: HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN ON PLATFORM FOR CLARITY 0 11" - 6' -5 12 213(e 1/2" CAP PLATE 2 "0 SCH 40 PPE (POSTS ONLY) 1O"0 HOLES Lz3,A x 0' -AN" (TYP) 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" SHEAR TAB W/ 3/4" A325 BOLTS a DETAIL 1 4'E (VARRIES) tXd Y4' CLR OFFSET RAILING (BEAM) W8a24 2 -6" MA% FOR CONVEYORS 2' -0" TYP FOR PLATFORMS 3/8" PL W/2 - 5/8 "0 A325 BOLTS W/ SELF LOCKING NUT & FLAT WASHER (TYP) SEE TYPICAL GUARDRAIL DETAIL THIS SHEET TOP OF CONC. SLAB EL. 8.3 A' HANDRAIL TYP. 3/8" GUSSET PLATE- CENTERED (SEE DETAIL 2) II FLC WIDTH a 10. (VARIES) TOP OF GUARDRAIL 20 SCH 40 PIPE RAILS (TYP) (VARIES; 2 "0 SCH 40 PIPE (POSTS ONLY) O 8' -0" 061. CENTERS CD, TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. STRINGER C8%11.5 (TYP) 4X401 /'4" W/ 3/4" 0 EXPANSION BOLT & 4" EMBEDMENT (NS & FS) & HANDRAIL DETAIL FOR STAIRWAY TOP OF SAFETY FLOOR PL OR GRATING CLIP 'L• TOP OF NIDRNL CLR we GUARDRAIL TERMINATION DETAIL 74 FLG NAItH V ITU TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SFCTION ()DETAIL - PLATFORM GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. (2) BOLT CONN (IYP) /SSUED FOR BID 10/26,2016 RECORD DRAWINGS Falada MFadaa REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®C07.0 SUNSHINE STATE 011E CALL Of ROOM .. BOB) 433 - {170" A ECU VI 7m Wwt away arab*.. Da way I WA 1717 Flo. FF1,awagla- R13) �3-6HF LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR UFT STATION 7 NO MO 1041701! 10/20/2018 ""40 /20 /WIN PPM MOM M S MOON VU re OIT OF CM OBIOS a1L001 WOW SEE /BOVE a OF n ..IIm0111�1111iu11,,. NORTH 0 10' 20• SCALE 1' = 10• GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET) A 1 yl of EXIST. CB 13 GRATE =3.46 (SW) 1E-1.78 EXIST. SAN MN 12 RIM =5.27 8- VCP (E) IE=( -)233 8' VCP (E) IE=( -)2.J8 RECORD DRAWINGS SIJIRMIS 8.1 REVISION EXIST. STORM MN /2 0111 -4.34 (SW & SE) IE =2.29 (NE) IE -2.19 (N) IE =2.09 i EXIST. CO 12 i GRATE :3.89 (NE) IE =2.54 6• DIA EXIST. SAN MN 11 RIM -4.30 10 VCP (N) IE =.033 6" VCP (SW) IE =( -)0.30 8" VCP (NE) 11,--(-32 50 TO' VCP (5) lE =( -)4.20 10' VCP (E) INSTALL KOR -N -SEAL COUPUNG EP P EXISTING 10' GRAVITY PIPE WI NEW 10' DIP GROUT FILL OPENING AROUND PIPE WITH NON- SHRINK GROUT PAX EXISTING PUMP STATION WETWELL (SEE SHEET 10 & 11) EXISING PUMP STATION VALVE VAULT (SEE SHEET 10 & 11) CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL EXIST CB `I GRATE =350 (NW) IE =2.15 EMERGENCY PUMPOUT CONNECTION (SEE SHEET 11) AM 17850 09 Cam, Campbell Ca PU IRRIS))"O026H- 11781' Fax IBIS) 266 -6561 Ten EINNWMR Meal*: 060002 ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS SRI PLAN FOR LIFT STA11ON 8 eme One N/A Cox -, MIE 0/2e/2201e COY OF J. 20.11121,5■01 SEE ABOVE NOM 00141.64 am. en B. JANDA& eMean D. 1211.170% z 0 X A I REMOVE & DISPOSE OF 4' PVC VEM REMOVE & DISPOSE OF CONCRETE SLAB & COYER ( IXSTING WETWELL TO REMNN) REMOVE & DISPOSE OF 4' PVC VENT EXISTING HATCH COVERS L REMOVE & DISPOSE OF WETWEUL TOP & COVER EXISTING GRADE • '• .. .................. ; ................... 10' INLET ...... ••: .. °I AISN G VALVE VAULT WALLS &FLOOR TO REMAIN i HOPI SWITCHES CONCRETE WEIWELL REDONE & RETURN SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS TO THE OWNER EXISTING VALVE VAULT & MATLH COVER i0 REMNN� • ' y w o T REMOVE IXISDNG PANEL (SEE ELECTRICAL SIZE PLAN EXISTING PIPE Q N. -{ • (� EXIST 8" PIPE J/ -, L . SMEET 15 FOR DETNLS) —__— �a.L— I - . .. . • ' Q .. .. . "• v NW yf_ REMOVE & DISPOSE OF PIPING & 4" PVC DRAIN - VALVES IN WEIWELL & VKVE VAULT .......: ......... ............... ... ... ........ .. '. j .. ... 1 - - I- REMOVE & DISPOSE OF PIPING & EI VALVES IN WWELL & VALVE VAULT 7' -0' ... .___ ._. -._. __. _ - __ - -, 8' -O' 411 1111 \ \CONCRETE SUB TO REAWN �..- ®. :..:. • .. 8•-0' S' -8 TELEMETRY TOWER LSD 4T ,ii; TO BE DEMOLISHED. REMOVED & DISPOSED OFF -SITE NT CONTRACTOR PLAN VIEW SECTION OA SGLLE: 1/Y..1' -0' ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWRIGS CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA �? '. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT r� ,j 100 S. Myrtle Ave. � Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSRIRE STATE oRE cul .w,.°i..r.nl,„. E°00) 43-'T'0 w x ww !� xu Ox1w � > P ( S mat >11 Fa Tar-11587 RI RwMe f yLwMNf NAMer LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLITION LAYOUT & SECTION FOR LIFT STATION 8 � ®a"x' � A " ar AIMS, Rs I....A E � ° R x �: a'mMO '� RR� TNARNONE MIR re ..... 60147444 VV„301e d' MOM IR O. WILCOX Inm. . wOF Ze Mw mawco .WAa®m ,.. .. �� REVISION n ax ., ax EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER O CABLE TO BE REUSED 60 "x38' ACCESS COVER HALIDAY SERIES SIR OR EQUAL ELECTRICAL PANEL (SEE SHEETS 14 THRU 25 FOR DETAILS) 4' PVC VENT W/ SST BUG SCREEN 11 EL°1 O (MIN) W/ MESH REINFORCING BTM OF PANEL COMPACT CLEAN FILL TO 100 PERCENT OF THE MAXIMUM CONCRETE WING WALLS W/ 4' TN SLAB Z PRESSURE GAUGE (2) SUBMERSIBLE PUMP FLYGT CP3127.181 DENSITY AS DETERMINED BR AISHO T -99 METHOD -C PRESSURE CADGE CONC SLAB W 5 FL =11.0'3 O e (TYP 2 PLCS) Z FIANCE INSULATING GASKET NR 1 (TV' 2 PIGS) 4' PVC VENT W/_ I SS BUG SCREEN C CHECK VALVE, FL,IFL. (TIP 2 PIES) 4' 318 S R_ 4' PLUG VALVE. FUEL 60'x38' ACCESS COVER HAWDAY SERIES SIR OR EQUAL CONC SLAB W/ /5 0 12' OCEW (TAB) (ADM AROUND ACCESS HATCH) — — -I (TYP 2 ACS) • 12' OCEW (T&B)_ (ADD7 MOUND ACCESS HATCH) ) 4' CHECK 2 PLCS) IIII� NON -SNRWK 4 PLUG � . FIAFL GROUP 2 PLCS EL 8.1'3 0111 (SEE PLATFORM SHEET 12) MP 2 PLCS) -_ - _ �� I _ FI ' • 1.=1 ro in To r 10' -O" 7 5" STD PIPE (TYP ALL CORNERS) EL =18.5' EDGE OF - -, GRATING & I -BEAM 1 "x3/16" MCNICHOLS BAR GRATING (ATTACH PER MFR) WELD METAL GRATING TO ALL SUPPORTING BEAMS W/ TACK WELD (3(6"' % LONG FILLET) AT EVERY THIRD BEARING BAR. TACK WELD TO SIDE BEAMS AT 24" O.C. NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED PLATFORM PLAN FOR ELECTRICAL PANEL SCALE: NTS CL COL. 6" 4 1/2 "14 1/2" 0 BASE PL 3/4 "x12 "x1' -0" FOUR, 1- 1/16 "0 HOLES FOR ANCHOR RODS BP -1 ANCHOR BOLT AB -1 O DETAIL —BASE PLATE SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' -0" 1DETAIL—ANCHOR BOLT SCALE: 3/4 "= 1.-0" 0 SECTION SCALE: NTS EDSECTION AT COLUMN FOOTING SCALE: 3/8 "= 1' -0" SEE DETAIL 1 (TYP) 5" STD PIP (TYP ALL CORNERS 0 SECTION SCALE NTS 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" GUSSET PLATE - CENTERED DETAIL 2 2" DIA. POST AND RAIL INDUSTRIAL GRADE STEEL PIPE, WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. TOP OF TREAD NOTE: HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN ON PLATFORM FOR CLARITY 6 TREADS 0 11" = 5 -6 12" 1/2" CAP PLATE 23• SCH 40 PIPE (POSTS ONLY) iiiffi Iffy HOLES (Im) Lo3411 = G• -Ay" (TYP) 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" SHEAR TAB W/ 3/4" A325 BOLTS DETAIL 1 TYP. 3/8" GUSSET PLATE- CENTERED (SEE DETAIL 2) OFFSET RAILING (BEAM) WBE24 2 -6" M. FOR CONVEYORS 2 -0" TYP FOR PLATFORMS TOP OF GINRDRA L 20 SCH 40 PIPE RAILS (TYP) 3/8" PL W/2 - 5/8 "0 A325 BOLTS W/ SELF LOCKING NUT & FLAT WASHER (TYP) SEE TYPICAL GUARDRAIL DETAIL THIS SHEET TOP OF MIDRNL HANDRAIL 14" CLR TOP OF SAFETY FLOOR PL OR CRATING CLIP TOP OF EXIST. CONC. WETWELL EL 6.1 ±' HOER C8x11.5 (TYP) 4X4%1/4" W/ 3/4" 0 EXPANSION BOLT & 4" EMBEDMENT (NS & FS) (D TYPICAL HANDRAIL DETAIL FOR STAIRWAY SCALE: N.T.S. W8 GUARDRAIL TERMINATION DETAIL I 18 FLO(YAAWN 4 Il(A TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SFCTION ODETAIL — PLATFORM GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. (2) BOLT CONN (TYP) ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS ISAVAIIII VA MAMA Ift REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 SUCALL AIR SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of O MOOED MR HMS AMC IOU MARA AECOM 7670 sr"7 0 I C Doorway M 117T1D MJI,)MIOIT roe (S 3)1 ]BS -113•7 Enynoseno Nmr: 000002 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR UFT STATION 8 AO AMA N/A AINIAII0 At CAT OG OLD ANAIVON "7071.1.0. AWN Ire MuPM J. MN A AL SEE ABM eninler COMM S. w.aw D. Isms a.mtrOf E0 fl* 010 I 3-3" 3 -3" rit 111 I rims !. .I" 0 SECTION SCALE NTS 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" GUSSET PLATE - CENTERED DETAIL 2 2" DIA. POST AND RAIL INDUSTRIAL GRADE STEEL PIPE, WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. TOP OF TREAD NOTE: HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN ON PLATFORM FOR CLARITY 6 TREADS 0 11" = 5 -6 12" 1/2" CAP PLATE 23• SCH 40 PIPE (POSTS ONLY) iiiffi Iffy HOLES (Im) Lo3411 = G• -Ay" (TYP) 3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS (TYP.) 3/8" SHEAR TAB W/ 3/4" A325 BOLTS DETAIL 1 TYP. 3/8" GUSSET PLATE- CENTERED (SEE DETAIL 2) OFFSET RAILING (BEAM) WBE24 2 -6" M. FOR CONVEYORS 2 -0" TYP FOR PLATFORMS TOP OF GINRDRA L 20 SCH 40 PIPE RAILS (TYP) 3/8" PL W/2 - 5/8 "0 A325 BOLTS W/ SELF LOCKING NUT & FLAT WASHER (TYP) SEE TYPICAL GUARDRAIL DETAIL THIS SHEET TOP OF MIDRNL HANDRAIL 14" CLR TOP OF SAFETY FLOOR PL OR CRATING CLIP TOP OF EXIST. CONC. WETWELL EL 6.1 ±' HOER C8x11.5 (TYP) 4X4%1/4" W/ 3/4" 0 EXPANSION BOLT & 4" EMBEDMENT (NS & FS) (D TYPICAL HANDRAIL DETAIL FOR STAIRWAY SCALE: N.T.S. W8 GUARDRAIL TERMINATION DETAIL I 18 FLO(YAAWN 4 Il(A TYPICAL GUARDRAIL SFCTION ODETAIL — PLATFORM GUARDRAIL SCALE: N.T.S. (2) BOLT CONN (TYP) ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS ISAVAIIII VA MAMA Ift REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 SUCALL AIR SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of O MOOED MR HMS AMC IOU MARA AECOM 7670 sr"7 0 I C Doorway M 117T1D MJI,)MIOIT roe (S 3)1 ]BS -113•7 Enynoseno Nmr: 000002 LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS STRUCTURAL PLAN & DETAILS FOR UFT STATION 8 AO AMA N/A AINIAII0 At CAT OG OLD ANAIVON "7071.1.0. AWN Ire MuPM J. MN A AL SEE ABM eninler COMM S. w.aw D. Isms a.mtrOf E0 fl* 010 b 46 EKISRNG RANGER,- EXISTING GRADE SMOOTH CONCRETE W/ TROWEL 6" STD. WT. STEEL PIPE FILLED PATH 4.000 PS - FOOT imin 5I3 taco nn to •'� y thine + m excess or 2 PRESSURE MFG: ASHCROFT MODEL: VACUUM MFG: AS MODEL: : It GAUGE 35- 1009 - SWL- 02L -XGV -100# OR EQUAL 35-CRO101 35- 1009 - SWL- 02L- XG6V- 3001MV OR EQUAL BRASS PRESSURE SNUBBER S.S. PROTECTIVE DIAPHRAGM is ADIUSrANE PIPE SUPPORT leg WELD Bai 4 MP) uI ‘'N411111 a NA BASEBATE COSH. 51AB . - - 7 "�• xwo NSSO \ i 4 •' A> 4 u1Ens Iz ,,\ / full Palm N5aae Tt2" (e' MT. Come eel Replacement No.. a 2M / Reeb0 ace I. �wAISSI P 55505. I, / 'HP?' moms, ' ww.wwa (.55 .. CONCRETE. COLOR OF FINISH SOFTY YELLOW W OSHA SAFETY YELLOW SLOPE CONC. To GRADE GRADE 4,i, 4000 PSI �\ /, syuu T N ..,/` rE"5 ASHCROFT 50- 310SS- 02T -XCK A 1/2" BALL VALVE OR EQUAL Ji / ✓� �/' N1` .J 1" X 1/2" uaaMam.a T,.mn sae ILL N !� m H eeumu NOTE. BU0 lb 3/16" r BUSHING - , I. TRENCHES /` /(. SATE ulwwxxr+BO xPxWw ��.OxArSHOULDER OR GE m O ` \ e'\ \ worm. roeirnuix eomll ��RD Team ese II� • ••.• •• ASPHALT STREET REPLACEMENT REQUIRED FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION - DETAIL PIPE 1" - 300 lb HALF CPLG - WELD TO PIPE OR TAPPED CONNECTION FOR DI PRESSURE /VACUUM GAUGE ASSY DETAIL IMINIMMINE \'y'\ \` \` \ro 'PG' -� >� v'!i'! ✓'/ 2_ I I2 COMPACTED TVV e�rTiisxo?E(5 0 OMTSICE OF THE r HORIZONTAL TO 1• VERTIC�T z EE TRENCHES FROM ROADWAY SxouLDER Ore THE BACK OF GARB AND CONCRETE BOLLARD - DETAIL PIPE SUPPORT - DETAIL OM. SHALL NO 0Excuux TRAFFIC Mu PASS OVER THE TREPL 10 10SF FILL MP.. TO TE.MU, TO SOIL TRENCH BACKFILL THE HE PAVED BUT � NOT LESS THAN 95 PERCENT BY A. SID T-BH ADD IN c. EB Of PAW SURFACES SHALL BE MADE IN ACWRDAKE 3. C DETAIL Cli) 3, dTEASgx ON SHALL RASS .HT BOO DI TEl CONCRETE. i0 RESIC 1/2 OAF RAE AnJUSnExi InWTH fnR FunRE usE. 2. OPEw,nxc xur SnAli eE sEr so As ro eE MmIN Ii "role' OF GR.WE. a FORCE MAN VALVE BDK UO GE'xMLYK ARE ro BE• x 6• SQUARE. J" BRASS IDENRFIG.RON DISK Y.2' CONCRETE PAD TYPE OF VALVE: BAUER QUICK DISCONNECT CDR BOX FITTING (FOR BYPASS PUMPING) FINISHED GRADE POURED IN PLACE SEEPAGE RING, STD. 'HEIGHT GALV. PIPE PIPE SIZE 3 4 / A 2 B 2 <i�i`��J��,i�i B , PIPE SLEEVE FOR WALL PENETRATION SEAL ASSEMBLY SIZED By MFG. `\ _ '2- 1" 2 1/2" 2• EXISTING - ��I 1 1 /2" 4" 2" CONCRETE WALL. 1 II � PIPE DIAMETER AND MATERIAL VARIES. ' A CAULK ON OUTSIDE PASSING SEE WHERE SUBJECTED PIPE TABLE TO VACUUM t 2 4" 2" 2 1/2' 4" r MECHANICAL SEAL 3" 5 2 8" OR 4" DI /FL.PE 8' OR 4" BOIE. TO BE IR IN m RGROSED VAIN 505 a VA VALVE uDEnT GRADE. II I I , 6x 10" 2 1/2" F B" 12" 2 1/2• NOTE: $ I I MI'+ —IA - INSULATED PIPING: INTEPoNPT INBUUTION AT USE ON NAB- VACUUM BOTH OF WALL. INSTALL AND ABOVE INSULATON INS WALL li i� AND MECHANICAL CORE DRILL OPENING. DIAMETER A3 REQUIRED BY SEAL MANUFACTURER SEAL • BUTTERFLY, GATE OR PLUG SIZE OF VALVE 6" PLUG VALVE DIRECTION d NUMBER DF TURNS TO OPEN VKVE L -13 SS TYPE OF SERVICE 55 (55514 Y SEWER) "B• / 90' BEND DI /RMJ SPOOL E ouSIL WATERLINE LOCATION AFTER WATER TIGHT INSTALLATION RTBB LINK -SEAL TYPE OF MECHANICAL SEAL. WALL PENETRATION SEAL ASSEMBLY OPENING WI WALL SLEEVE AND MECHANICAL SEAL CORE DRILLED OPENING III) u65coxxTeENSrox Ildir PENETRATION THROUGH NEW CONCRETE PENETRATION THROUGH EXISTING CONCRETE MECHANICAL SEAL PENETRATION 8 DETAIL 3" BRASS IDENTIFICATION DISK BYPASS PUMPING ASSEMBLY DETAIL OSCALE: Nrs COVER INSCRIBED SANITARY SEWER SANITARY SEWER VALVE BOX CONCRETE PAD PLAN VIEW 0 1" THREADED CAP UNION (PIP) 3/6'x8 1T2- AD 316 SST THREAD ROD (Z) 310 SST NUTS PUMP MOUNTING SKID _ / 316 SST METAL WASHER SINAI 1/2" RUBBER WASHER /EI (UNISORB) 1" PAD (UNISORB VIBRATION 893: .'.( CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ISOLATION PAD) NUMBER AND LOCATION WITH PUMP MANUFACTURER EPDXY fl MILLERS! ADHESNE° ANCHORING SYSTEM PUMP ANCHOR „ DETAIL N.TS. 3000 PSI 2'42'.6" Concrete Pod with 646 W.W.F. I AR PVC RISERS ALLOWED (Sae Index 502; 2 CT 2 3. WIDE 1/P TNK. SIB S.S. BEND 3TL. BAR AS REQ'D •\. 1" TEE I' BALL VALVE a. el 1£" BALL VALVE ,, PR SSURE GAUGE ASSEMBLY (ROTATE TEE AS REQUIRED) SE "PRESSURE GAUGE MOUNTING DETAIL THIS SHEET BOLT jTm) C3J �� . TYP 1 a ttP 2" BALL VALVE +" UNION (NP) 2 ".15" TEE ��0 IDISCH F Q�'YCn .O Cn l �2 i- MULTI -DARN PORTS (CONNECT ALL) off// / ,\�;\� 1 � � � A See Nate 1 Iii 3 -Piece Adjustable (No eS bstitutes) R �II ARGE IN t7 2" TAP ON BOSS GROUT SEAL - VOIBRATION FITTING RI 3XTx114" THK 31 FR.AN 315 S.S. ANGLE CUT �. EXIST. CONC. 3TRUCT. trrv) TYPICAL PIPE SUPPORT s DETAIL GROUT SEAL NEW raYl ?3168.3. • �'' ALH. MICH. BOLTS S WI r EMBED. MP) ,,,,,,,;.V.1,-- A �Y SLOPE DN TO WETWELL I. INSTALL IN PPE 15004 LND ¢ SCALE: HIS ��e R4'4Ya•ML'au�Illl l III /% . -'- ,I Sanitary Sewer Mech. Joint Valve Restroinine Joint SANITARY SEWER TYP VALVE & BOX BERING s DETAIL • WALL CONCRETE WET WELL SLOPE TOSpWN. 1" SCH 80 PVC a nmxcs ARV & GAUGE ASSEMBLY 2 STALL PE 00 551 LOW BCE a MUGS �D DETAIL SHALL O SCALE: NTS ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS .. CITY OF CLEARWATER FLORIDA /4�..: ". ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE �•„ *Or MORON (x0) Ay_ 0B ,W,.,,a1W BaW ICY mvwrt rm w QoWao P ILSO mRF TAR T RMMR 31xT F+°ro(5 ES ae. -n++ Fay (a1� see -Ten Ftatm E.IMISe le Hum.: 000002 LIFT STATIONS #7 48 IMPROVEMENTS DETAILS ee QLT2asoWC MO WA a+v a COI WWc DDee -W es10 /810x+. a e6 BET ABOE awe= et IBM... gm.. ee �e- Iv. .W4T4N MOM MI a ®so^EWWWa 0. NBA]II �� tJ OF is 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 Ww,e.s1°il WMMMa.om �,� wIOIW TM REVISION n ew Wi Lit �o .aw..m" ...I of r ..a w w Woof 1 re ...w..6 Mi.w01. Olt <� r PVC rennerrom . war In wt. ma taw Do11.OIrw MDT USE vamew tlrixls 00 Not USE OF we *FISCAL OFFSETS / on o. n.o.s•aaw mmIA.a ....a .. wR I - tr:..on sock b w . t Cons ...a a• t atra (ft) nt..., ° � aaY a b1 .1 .a W. �` r.� ENN ..n MOO Woe (rl..) het 1 ..wv H...... w,a.aw.a w a ar.vaa. ...- a4.t.34Amt I. Ta- a..Sm. PFPC s� -.. 444 *Baas (aa.) 04. °° �0 ©0 carol a mss. do ,..es,.. aowmx.� ourot i °° T.. - a wwa.. ' Dte".. 4 :NE..aM.N*. w wr*aAaa.340 ND 1'�i�..t ,cram ...roYmt *car r.:, ow *al w r.a 1.3 0.1. . Tr.. X32 30. > x. tl...t nod.,°on D 1. W., i raw ve. Afterieon B ©�� ©0Q Inns 0000vmo 0000vov a Ixsw now. w FE .o wN.a a) 5 OA. - W. w .,.n m w S. Pwv. i t 7012 i woos as w .a,* a a..a .m I. ETA Yon .. u I ..a'.�. aw as w x. EON twa` ea`o caw a.. w �. x s ! Ia A s m x] w u R' 6 ]o 42 a lr • 6 42 a n Fr a to * 47 =.`=.t, '�/1 ®® CITY OF CLEAN/ATER IIIIII� ; PVC PIPE THRUST RESTRAINT. BB. - wA>A DUCTILE IRON PIPE THRUST RESTRAINING 30I 3 ya/ml 1' - - -- •.r r *.a Ica a.. r t e°°w:w..s... . IMAM asp •^a 4' acres Vn/»t H© ea. W. o 1 OWERIAGISRISESIVAIIRLEL «.a Pm. .°,r as Awe :a....°w..rla a. a. w w...m. w ...N'°i..'". MRU.' pro.... to 0.N....: soma a.a 1.034 a• r... rw.a . a....::ra.. W."w�a r•"' P••n6 x. rr• .a.. u.....aa_ ..a wa ..o A tet. 11.• In ouro. no. of watwo 01.. ow or r sm.. .cz not « Won..* w0:.M • �«.a...A a.: Po ca...,. snuff front o etoorx..a.I.* ....a.w to ...a e -r*.. T� R.w• !w°T A +Rla. SECTION and n: w°.`w'�°°�"... waa: NT.- CROSS ..rs t lz _*44 4 4* mer. - car... a cno ow N. Woone to coock A. � , PLAN VIEW Awa=iwr rta n°jv a se °��i w w... N.T.S. OT CIFMIwAIER 7EIPORARf SEDIMENT TRAP 605 1 . 1 : 11� TEMPORARY SEDIRENi TRAP CITY n ©f•.�,f t_,.f� Lea m.4*a.tw�l° A341 Ill AI CIRRI INLET s u Ito ° �i.taa wawa . _ COW. P-. AT 510RY DRAIN PILOT A 'a. xAx ° m( �a■ ].aw.�� o O a C.N .1 ipl lam INN -_- _4444 aastax as.s _ ATTACHING TWO SILT FENCES M.wE.. At o...wt .a. •••m*5 Awn • :� v1" "°`w w " "` °°� �Mrs,. t om0 . our. A EC..,las. W ...Am .wtra4 w ..b... .I hue. ■ _H -- ■ __ors Ea.l. 5RP . Sa ar /� ..TS M...°w •�•a. m/,t y _,0V— T8 xa fee. ...:.M~p Y..a.a b P.N. Jw. is roof, Vow a Wo —'1— ....... .m et 400, wwb ..a ..a At Yalw tlOa sw.w a Pw �gi_ i..m • aan°w a-ro a..I :4 ooNolo ^• on.. wan 1°b •.._'. I I 1 awl w. � 444,,... «ml b°°na. -_- -- _ —mss r aaE - - t: ..: h •Mt I ...i Ma+. Nob or b WWwa of II .Y R* N aN. Lool. mot tl.... • caw wtlwaNUV W 6. Pon a b Cenrootor At z E...m ..• ..• r... y.4R. ...E m Ma �. II ,. I I I`4 RB .: ) rI..A µlllpl ..Aa b .a .of .�m . T ° i:I-, . i� - Iwe °°" T U..``,;' /iila� cE. '- no. �� b.. tr m z• Sen. Too .RI. a.�ra waa • STANDARD DETAIL: 2 i....�' Px 1• r. :a . TRENCH WITH NATIVE RACX1111 I � • a • - aaa4t A. ;» / sNEW cs - wW T.n m _ 1....I'::°nj .1�alU .+m raA (.. ) —�1. AM NoTE5: 1. w46-1 one to. Ann afro a: a.. `O'W 2 4o°`m.0 Ma b.: . VSbv.Ew• M°lw) . , mow T..: M.. rwlwa b I:. raA wl.S wa. anbaYS .M w * s7m.a w!a .a.w . .. to Yw t No. �� Ma.w b 33 I I(( 1r tan li t t .. oat ea.w.. A(..R .oat ALTERNATE DETAII ' e Iwo N T rwwa w 903.O° tr w.) ':',k 5 \� ®t row. A *4434 w No. n.. Paa R N. TRENCH OATH GRAVFI �"°w� °°"' " SECTI01 VIEW µl.5 T.S. OT INSTALLING A i.£ ..PI° WaIMI row' TITER FABRIC SIFT tDICE s. VAII/TRt 10/26/2016 ISSUED FOR B/D «�m =.4� �- • =.I1 : ",r RInAI A INSTALLING A °"°" �, TITER FABRIC SET PENCE lar �, ©1 1 P�TU TAM SILT FENCE RECORD DRAWINGS ... a CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA JI.IA�., , ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CAST .........a....., .,,. wow so No n a= /•7� aw mo °vM o°Tj1*I "°jai ! rwroo 1TBOT ina:.p`sot(2 Gantt ow (p+w mE-meT el *on*. xmw 0000M LIFT STATIONS #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS DETAILS ` WA R a* ......* -uf nMOM. is Aama. .RaE ..aa.a 1w... Rao ft —Amt -- .SmH aNa.a a Iwroxr D. wacar ...W. +4 ar xa 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 °p .4.l..a WAWA w REVISION �� ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESORPTION NV RADIO ANTENNA 380 I N 40 HEAVY DUTY SAFETY STITCH. BOA. 3 -POE, FUSED O 40A, TOP 06-0. O F.F. (1!)11 MOTOR, 100 HP, 480 VAC. 3P JG LOX WELD, BY EKOTNERMIC WELD PROCESS • (CADWE D) 7 DOWN CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD 1 NEMA SIZED CONTACTOR 4/ 120 VAC KVA COL & MOTOR OVERLOAD ELEMENTS SIZED w/ MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA. AFT STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMER, RATING AS 7444495 INDICATED ON WAVINGS NC POWER COMPANY METER, RATING AS INDICATED C ON DRAWINGS CENTER METER 4' -8' ABOVE FMISHEO GRADE. ® VISE O KEYED NOTE SYMBOL. REFERENCE KEYED NOTE I) SOA W OROUIT BREAKER. 3P, 50A tUNION & SEALING FITTING SIZED PER CONDUIT. a-20' RED PILRED OT LIGHT, PUSH TO TEST, R INDICATES MOUNTING COO © GREEN PILOT LIGHT. G INDICATES COLOR OREQM VALARM STROBE ii AUDIBLE ALARM HORN Q-6° LEVEL SNATCH. NORMALLY OPEN V LEVEL STITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED O O MOMENTARY PUSH BUTTON. NORMALLY OPEN E LE, - MOMENTARY PUSH BUTTON. NORMALLY CLOSED A TERMINAL IN CONTROL PANEL FOR CONNECTION CIRCUIT TO FIELD DEVICE 8 R2 - RELAY COIL R2 R2 - RELAY CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN R2 CO. yid NO - RELAY CONTACT, NOIAALY CLOSED SPDIY I� SURE PROTECTIVE DEVICE I• • •J PHASE MONITOR RELAY PMR CT QIDS - TIME DELAY RELAY COIL 1135 IDS - TIME DELAY RELAY CONTACT. iF NORMALLY OPEN TON N5 - TIME DELAY RELAY CONTACT. it- NORMALLY CLOSED GFNFRAL NOTES. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE VAN THE NAT COAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. COMMENTS SHALL BE APPROVED AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC., AND SHALL BE SO LABELED FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED. 2. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE MANUFACTURED N ACCORDANCE MTH THE CRAVINGS AND SHALL BE UL LABELED OR HAVE AN EQUIVALENT =RD PARTY TESTING LABORATORY LABEL SUCH A LABEL SHALL DESIGNATE TIE CONTROL PANEL IS FABRICATED IN CONFORMITY OF ANSI/UL ADOPTED STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. THE PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETELY ACCMP ED AND MRED. TIM THE FOLLOIWNG MAMUM FEATURE& 1G 11. 12. 3. 14. A THE PUMP CONTROLS SHALL BE HOUSED IN A STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE. 14 GAUGE TYPE /318, WEEDED SEAM. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE ALL HARDWARE /304 STAINLESS STEEL, RAND HINGED OUTER 15. DOOR, NEOPRENE GAREY. 3-PONT LATCH WTI PADLOCK HARDWARE AND DRIP SHIELD FOR MODIFIED NE/AA 12 CONSTRUCTION. THE WADE DOOR SHALL BE BLANK WITH ALL CONTROL COMPONENTS MOUNTED ON OR 18. PRO.ECTNG THROUGH A DEAD FRONT HINGED INNER DOOR. HEAVY COMPONENTS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A STAINLESS STEEL BACK- MOUNTING PANEL HINGED INNER PANEL DOOR SHALL BE ALUMINUM. OUTER DOOR SHALL NAVE A it x 11' STAINLESS STEE1 POCKET FOR LOG BOCK. A DOOR STOP KIT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SECURE THE OUTER DOOR AND DEAD FRONT DOOR IN NE OPEN POSITION. THE TOP OF ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 17. 8' -0' ABOVE THE TOP OF FINISHED SURFACE CR ELEVATED WALKING SURFACE, AS APPUCABLE IN FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE TOP O THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE A STAINLESSS STEEL SUNSCREEN MOUNTED 1' ABOVE THE TOP OF NE ENCLOSURE. THE SUNSCREEN AND MOUNTING SHALL BE BY THE MANUFACTURER IS B. 25K NCN(MNMUM).AAT THE SPECIFIED BREAKERS OPERATING VOLTAGE THE MAN AND GEMOLDED CASE TYPE CIRCUIT NCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED 11TH A MEDIHABCAL INTERLOCK TO PERMIT CONNECTER TO EITHER THE UTILITY SERVICE OR THE EMERGENCY GENERATOR RECEPTACLE, BUT NOT TO BOTH C. A GENERATOR RECEPTACLE SHALL BE PROVIDED. D. FIVE (5) SEPARATE SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR 120 VAC CIRCUITS - AREA UGHT, RECEPTACLE CONTROL CIRCUIT. P00 AND SPARE CIRCUIT. E A 125V, 20A, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CONTROL PANEL. F. A TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR MANUFACTURED BY ADVANCED PROTECTOR TECHNOLOGIES CAT. NO. TE /4XF, SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE LOAD SIDE OF THE MAN CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE CONTROL PANEL G A MOTOR CONTROLLER WITH OVERWRRENT PROTECTION. SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTOR AND DISCONNECT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTOR. H. A HAND. OFT. AUTOMATE (HDA) SNITCH MO A PUMP RUN INDICATION UOIT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTCR. I. A 120 /24V CONTROL TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR OPERATION OF CONTROLS. J. AN B-1/2' x 11' MINIMUM CONTROL SOEMATIC AND PULER DATA SUET SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED TO THE INTERIOR OF THE OUTER DOOR OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE CONTROL SCHEMATIC AND PUMP DATA SHEET SHALL BE LAMINATED IN EXTRUDED VINYL PLASTIC. THE PUMP DATA SHEET SHALL INCLUDE HP, R.P.M., FULL LOAD MPS. SERIAL NUMBERS, PUMP SIZE IMPELLER NUMBER AND SZE, DERAN GPM AND TW. K. ALL CONTROL PANEL HIRING SHALL BE COLOR COOED AND NUMBERED TO CORRESPOND TO DRAMAS STANDARD COLORS SHALL BE BLACK FOR 120V SUPPLY, WHITE FOR NEUTRAL, GREEN FOR GROUND, RED FOR CONTROLS USING 120V, DARK BLUE FOR CONTROLS USING 24V AND UWT BLUE FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE WRING. WING SHALL BE ANNUM SIZE /14 AM COPPER. ALL EXTERNAL TIRING SHALL BE BROUGHT TO NUMBERED TERMINALS ALL HIRING SHALL BE FRONT ACCESSIBLE. ALL RELAY BASES SHALL BE FRONT- MOUNTED AND TIRED MTH SCREW TERMINALS NO SOLDERED CONNECTORS WILL BE PERMITTED. L ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER. M. FLOATS SHALL OPERATE THROUGH INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYS MOUNTED N THE CONTROL PANEL. N. CONTROL PANEL COMPONENTS, RN POINTS, RELAYS, CONTROLS AND PANEL LAYOUT SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED IN THE DRAVINGS 4. ALL ENCLOSURES, METER BOXES AND DISCONNECT STITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON /31B STAINLESS STEEL UNOTRUT CHANNELS MN /318 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENING DEVICES AND SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY 8' A B' CONCRETE POSTS. 5. A SERVICE RATED, FUSED DISCONNECT SNITCH SHALL BE MOUNTED W TIE SUPPORT RAC( MIN THE CONTROL PANEL. THE DSOGBIECT SNITCH SHALL BE NEMA 40. STAINLESS STEEL, MTH NC RATING AS SHOWN IN THE OUTINGS B. PUMP MOTOR CABLES SHALL BE SEALED AT NE WT LOLL AND EQUIPPED MTH PVC STRAIN REUEF CONNECTORS ALL CONDUIT ENTRIES INTO THE CONTROL PANEL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX AND INTO THE JUNCTION BOX FROM THE WET NELL SHALL BE SEALED RN DUCT SEAL OR CLOSED CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION. 7. WATER LEVELS IN THE NET NELL SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER TO THE TELEMETRY CONTRIL UNIT (Toe). WEIGHTED NON - MERCURY FLOAT STITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A BACKUP UPON ECU SING OF LEVEL TRANSDUCER FAILURE OR SEOUEGE FAILURE. & ALL CONDUITS TO ME NET WELL SHALL BE SCHEDULE SO PVC MN BO DEGREE ELECTRICAL SWEEP BENDS 9. PROVIDE A SEPARATE Y CONDUIT FOR EACH PUMP CABLE. AND ONE 2' CONDUIT FOR ALL THE FLOAT SATOH CABLES AND SUB/ERNIE LEVEL TRANSMITTER CABLE. RECORD DRAWINGS tom: re MOOT /MOM et REVISION rr CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 ®CLL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of NOM www4wr.NN.xxw 161 ELECTRICAL CONSULTING B FAO os4O.N ,a INC. ' CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH THE BOTTOM OR SIDE OF THE CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE ALL HARDWARE IN TIE NET NEC. SHALL BE /318 SONLESS STEEL, INCLUDING NMCHORS. ALL CABLES ROUTED TO THE NET WELL SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO SPLICES CABLES FOR PUMP MOTORS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ALLOW PUMP MOTORS TO BE REMOVED FOR SERVICING. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE TESTED AND VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEING ACCEPTED BY THE Ott. THE CONDUIT TO THE ELECTRIC UTMIY SERVICE PUNT SHALL BE RIGID STEEL GALVANIZED. ALL TIRES AND MOTOR WINDINGS SHALL BE TESTED INN A 800 VOLT MEGGER. READINGS SHALL BE 20 MEGOHMS OR MORE TO GROUND (DO NOT MEGGER LOW - VOLTAGE CONTROLS). READINGS LESS THAN 20 MEGOMS SHALL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT OF GE MRE AND /OR MOTOR AS APNJCAB6E. OPERATE PUMPS AND CHECK DIRECTOR OF ROTATION. RECORD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE OF EACH PUMP WILE EACH POMP OPERATES NDHVOUALLY AND AONN MIN BOTH PUMPS IN OPERATION. ALL WORM( SHALL BE COMPLETED WITH SUPPLIERS FIELD REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT. CHECK OPERATION VAN CITES PORTABLE GENERATOR. CHANGE PHASING AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE CORRECT ROTATOR. 19. CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE NO CLOSER THAN 48' IRON NET PEEL OPENING MEASURED FROM THE FRONT OF THE CONTROL PANEL 20. OXIDE - MINTING JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL ELECTRICAL TERMINATION CONTACT SURFACES. INCLUDING COMPRESSOR AND BOLTED CONNECTIONS. PENETROK COMPOUND BY BURNDY OR EQUAL PRODUCT. 21. 22. 23. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL AND SHALL RECEIVE SAID APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT OR COMMENCING CONSTRICTION. ALL CONDUCTORS EXTENDING OUTSIDE THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER. ANN /12 MIN. w/ WIN INSULATION. UNLESS °THERMS NOTED. ALL HARING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED 4/ NUMBERS AT ALL TERMINALS AND CN PARING DIAGRAMS. MARKERS SHALL BE THOMAS & BETTS NSTA -COPE WP -ON MARKERS OR APPROVED EQUAL 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL REED VERIFY All MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SIZES AND RATINGS PRIOR TO CONNECTING. 25. CONTRACTOR SHALL REED VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT LGCATNNS AND CONNECTORS PRIOR TO COMMENDING CONSTRUCTION. 28. REFERENCE PLAN & SECTION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT LOGANONS. 27. ALL ELECTRICAL NORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE 4/ NE LATEST EDITOR Of THE NEC AND APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES 28. COORDINATE ALL INSTALLATIONS w/ ALL OTHER TRADES. 29. DG 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 38. ALL CONDUIT EXPOSED ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONDUITS EXTENDING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE GALVANIZED RAND STEEL CONDUIT THROUGH AND INCLUDING THE FAST 90 DEGREE ELBOW (DR EQUIVALENT SET OF amass) INSTALLED BELOW GRADE ALL PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 80. CONNECTIONS TO PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE MADE w/ A MOD STEEL TO PVC CONDUIT ADAPTER. NOTE - EXTRA HEAVY DUTY (501. 80) PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ABOVE GRADE AND BELOW GRADE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX JB AND THE NET HELL GALVANIZED ROD STEEL CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE USED IN THESE LENGTHS OF CONDUIT BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX JB AND THE NET WELL ALL THREADED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COATED w/ COPPER SHIELD ANTI -SERE COMPOUND MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS & BETTS (T & B). ALL UNDERGROND CONDUITS SHALL RE BURIED w/ A MINIMUM OF 24' COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL PANELS, PANEL COMPONENTS. DISCONNECTS, SWITCHES & EQUIPMENT COVER PLATES SHALL BE LABELED w/ NAMEPLATES NAMEPLATES SHALL BE THREE PLY PHEROUC BLACK -MITE -BLACK ENGRAVED THROUGH THE FIRST BLACK LAYER. LETTERING SHALL BE 0.5 Cl (3/18') MM. EDGES OF NAMEPLATES SHALL BE BEVELED 45'. THE NAMEPLATES SHALL BE SECURED TO EQUIPMENT MTH STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS OR RIVETS. THE USE OF GLUE IS NOT PERMITTED. ALL ORWITS SHALL HAVE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ROUTED INSIDE THE CONDUIT w/ POWER CONDUCTORS. ALL INSTALLED COMPONENTS SHALL BE USTED BY UNDERNRITERS LABORATORY (UL). OR SMRAR NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. PROVIDE THREE PLY RED-MIA-RED PHENWC LABEL ENGRAVED 11001101 THE FIRST RED LAYER. MOUNT LABEL ADJACENT TO GENERATOR RECEPTACLE. LABEL SHALL READ: 'WARNING- EMERGENCY GENERATOR FRAME SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE CONTROL PANEL BEFORE CONNECTING EMERGENCY GENERATOR TO RECEPTACLE.' LETTERING SHALL BE 0.5 CM (3/16') MIN. EDGE OF LABEL SHALL BE BEVELED 45'. LABEL SHALL BE SECURED TO CONTROL CABINET (ME) MTH STANIESS STEEL SCREWS OR RIVETS. THE USE OF GLUE IS NOT PERMITTED. THE NET NELL CLASSIFICATION IS CLASS I. GROUPS C & D. DIVISOR 1. (HAZARDOUS AREA). NEC ARTICLES 500 & 501 ARE APPLICABLE FOR WRING MEDICOS USED BETWEEN THE WET VIOL AND THE CONTROL ENCLOSURE 37. AU. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE NE RO IPLABN ESTARUSHEO BY MIA AND/OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED N NE NET WELL & SUITABLE FOR SUBMERGED APPUCATONS IS EXCEPTED. 38. THE FOLLOWING SPARE PARTS SHALL BE PROVIDED: 1 - COMPLETE WARE MOTOR AND PUMP. INCLUDING CABLE LEADS 1 - MOTOR STARTER COMPLETE VAN CONVERTER MDOAE 1 - MAIN CROAT BREAKER ISSUED FOR BID 10 /26 /2016 �M moo WPM FMnm WW1 Nowt. NNW MI ) Tow. 11 Fm: 813 IDF11587 WINN 0000N LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOL FOR LIFT STATION #7 & #8 "He 110.11 IRMO MO elliOJORO wxx `/ CITY Of CLW MOM. 102 ORI NOM MOON Olt saw SE ROM E NAPE 80447464 feRNORD W. NOA R MLCNI 15 "'Or Re RAMON ABBREVIATIONS 4 PHASE HP HORSFPONER 3P 3 POLE JG LOX JUNCTION BOX A AMP KM. 1000 CIRCULAR MILS ABA ABOVE KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES AFT ABOVE ANISEED BOOR KW KILOWATTS NC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY LA LIGHTNING ARRESTER ANS AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS MN. MINIMUM INSTITUTE MNTD MOUNTED AM AMERICAN NIKE GAUGE INTO MOUNTING BRKR, RIO BREAKER N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED C c/w CONDUIT COMPLETE WITH NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CAT. NO. CATALOG NUMBER NEUT. NEUTRAL CB CIRCUIT SEVER NF NON -FUSED CIT CIRCUIT N.O. NORMALLY OPENED OA CENTIMETER N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE CO. =APART PMR PHASE MONITOR RELAY COLRO. COORDINATE PT. PONT CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CTR CENTER PM POWER CTRD CENTERED RECEPT RECEPTACLE DEG. DEGREE MOD. REQUIRED DIA. DIAMETER RN REMOTE TELEMETRY UNIT DISC DISCONNECT SA SURGE ARRESTER ON DOWN SAD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE DWG ORATING 5S STAINLESS STEEL EC EMPTY CONDUIT THRU THROUEN ELEC ELECTRICAL, ELECTRIC TIP TYPICAL F FUSE UG UTAERGRCUND FEAA FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT UL UNDERNRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. AGENCY LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED F.LA. FULL LOAD AMPERES V VOLT FTS FLOAT TEST SNITCH VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT FUT FUTURE W WE al GROUND FART INTERRUPTER w/ MTH OA. GROUND HP MEATIER PROOF (PM GALLON PER MINUTE XFNR TRANSFERRER NOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC GFNFRAL NOTES. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE VAN THE NAT COAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. COMMENTS SHALL BE APPROVED AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC., AND SHALL BE SO LABELED FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED. 2. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE MANUFACTURED N ACCORDANCE MTH THE CRAVINGS AND SHALL BE UL LABELED OR HAVE AN EQUIVALENT =RD PARTY TESTING LABORATORY LABEL SUCH A LABEL SHALL DESIGNATE TIE CONTROL PANEL IS FABRICATED IN CONFORMITY OF ANSI/UL ADOPTED STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. THE PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETELY ACCMP ED AND MRED. TIM THE FOLLOIWNG MAMUM FEATURE& 1G 11. 12. 3. 14. A THE PUMP CONTROLS SHALL BE HOUSED IN A STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE. 14 GAUGE TYPE /318, WEEDED SEAM. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE ALL HARDWARE /304 STAINLESS STEEL, RAND HINGED OUTER 15. DOOR, NEOPRENE GAREY. 3-PONT LATCH WTI PADLOCK HARDWARE AND DRIP SHIELD FOR MODIFIED NE/AA 12 CONSTRUCTION. THE WADE DOOR SHALL BE BLANK WITH ALL CONTROL COMPONENTS MOUNTED ON OR 18. PRO.ECTNG THROUGH A DEAD FRONT HINGED INNER DOOR. HEAVY COMPONENTS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A STAINLESS STEEL BACK- MOUNTING PANEL HINGED INNER PANEL DOOR SHALL BE ALUMINUM. OUTER DOOR SHALL NAVE A it x 11' STAINLESS STEE1 POCKET FOR LOG BOCK. A DOOR STOP KIT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SECURE THE OUTER DOOR AND DEAD FRONT DOOR IN NE OPEN POSITION. THE TOP OF ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 17. 8' -0' ABOVE THE TOP OF FINISHED SURFACE CR ELEVATED WALKING SURFACE, AS APPUCABLE IN FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE TOP O THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE A STAINLESSS STEEL SUNSCREEN MOUNTED 1' ABOVE THE TOP OF NE ENCLOSURE. THE SUNSCREEN AND MOUNTING SHALL BE BY THE MANUFACTURER IS B. 25K NCN(MNMUM).AAT THE SPECIFIED BREAKERS OPERATING VOLTAGE THE MAN AND GEMOLDED CASE TYPE CIRCUIT NCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED 11TH A MEDIHABCAL INTERLOCK TO PERMIT CONNECTER TO EITHER THE UTILITY SERVICE OR THE EMERGENCY GENERATOR RECEPTACLE, BUT NOT TO BOTH C. A GENERATOR RECEPTACLE SHALL BE PROVIDED. D. FIVE (5) SEPARATE SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR 120 VAC CIRCUITS - AREA UGHT, RECEPTACLE CONTROL CIRCUIT. P00 AND SPARE CIRCUIT. E A 125V, 20A, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CONTROL PANEL. F. A TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR MANUFACTURED BY ADVANCED PROTECTOR TECHNOLOGIES CAT. NO. TE /4XF, SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE LOAD SIDE OF THE MAN CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE CONTROL PANEL G A MOTOR CONTROLLER WITH OVERWRRENT PROTECTION. SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTOR AND DISCONNECT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTOR. H. A HAND. OFT. AUTOMATE (HDA) SNITCH MO A PUMP RUN INDICATION UOIT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTCR. I. A 120 /24V CONTROL TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR OPERATION OF CONTROLS. J. AN B-1/2' x 11' MINIMUM CONTROL SOEMATIC AND PULER DATA SUET SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED TO THE INTERIOR OF THE OUTER DOOR OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE CONTROL SCHEMATIC AND PUMP DATA SHEET SHALL BE LAMINATED IN EXTRUDED VINYL PLASTIC. THE PUMP DATA SHEET SHALL INCLUDE HP, R.P.M., FULL LOAD MPS. SERIAL NUMBERS, PUMP SIZE IMPELLER NUMBER AND SZE, DERAN GPM AND TW. K. ALL CONTROL PANEL HIRING SHALL BE COLOR COOED AND NUMBERED TO CORRESPOND TO DRAMAS STANDARD COLORS SHALL BE BLACK FOR 120V SUPPLY, WHITE FOR NEUTRAL, GREEN FOR GROUND, RED FOR CONTROLS USING 120V, DARK BLUE FOR CONTROLS USING 24V AND UWT BLUE FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE WRING. WING SHALL BE ANNUM SIZE /14 AM COPPER. ALL EXTERNAL TIRING SHALL BE BROUGHT TO NUMBERED TERMINALS ALL HIRING SHALL BE FRONT ACCESSIBLE. ALL RELAY BASES SHALL BE FRONT- MOUNTED AND TIRED MTH SCREW TERMINALS NO SOLDERED CONNECTORS WILL BE PERMITTED. L ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER. M. FLOATS SHALL OPERATE THROUGH INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYS MOUNTED N THE CONTROL PANEL. N. CONTROL PANEL COMPONENTS, RN POINTS, RELAYS, CONTROLS AND PANEL LAYOUT SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED IN THE DRAVINGS 4. ALL ENCLOSURES, METER BOXES AND DISCONNECT STITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON /31B STAINLESS STEEL UNOTRUT CHANNELS MN /318 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENING DEVICES AND SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY 8' A B' CONCRETE POSTS. 5. A SERVICE RATED, FUSED DISCONNECT SNITCH SHALL BE MOUNTED W TIE SUPPORT RAC( MIN THE CONTROL PANEL. THE DSOGBIECT SNITCH SHALL BE NEMA 40. STAINLESS STEEL, MTH NC RATING AS SHOWN IN THE OUTINGS B. PUMP MOTOR CABLES SHALL BE SEALED AT NE WT LOLL AND EQUIPPED MTH PVC STRAIN REUEF CONNECTORS ALL CONDUIT ENTRIES INTO THE CONTROL PANEL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX AND INTO THE JUNCTION BOX FROM THE WET NELL SHALL BE SEALED RN DUCT SEAL OR CLOSED CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION. 7. WATER LEVELS IN THE NET NELL SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER TO THE TELEMETRY CONTRIL UNIT (Toe). WEIGHTED NON - MERCURY FLOAT STITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A BACKUP UPON ECU SING OF LEVEL TRANSDUCER FAILURE OR SEOUEGE FAILURE. & ALL CONDUITS TO ME NET WELL SHALL BE SCHEDULE SO PVC MN BO DEGREE ELECTRICAL SWEEP BENDS 9. PROVIDE A SEPARATE Y CONDUIT FOR EACH PUMP CABLE. AND ONE 2' CONDUIT FOR ALL THE FLOAT SATOH CABLES AND SUB/ERNIE LEVEL TRANSMITTER CABLE. RECORD DRAWINGS tom: re MOOT /MOM et REVISION rr CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 ®CLL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of NOM www4wr.NN.xxw 161 ELECTRICAL CONSULTING B FAO os4O.N ,a INC. ' CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH THE BOTTOM OR SIDE OF THE CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE ALL HARDWARE IN TIE NET NEC. SHALL BE /318 SONLESS STEEL, INCLUDING NMCHORS. ALL CABLES ROUTED TO THE NET WELL SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO SPLICES CABLES FOR PUMP MOTORS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ALLOW PUMP MOTORS TO BE REMOVED FOR SERVICING. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE TESTED AND VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEING ACCEPTED BY THE Ott. THE CONDUIT TO THE ELECTRIC UTMIY SERVICE PUNT SHALL BE RIGID STEEL GALVANIZED. ALL TIRES AND MOTOR WINDINGS SHALL BE TESTED INN A 800 VOLT MEGGER. READINGS SHALL BE 20 MEGOHMS OR MORE TO GROUND (DO NOT MEGGER LOW - VOLTAGE CONTROLS). READINGS LESS THAN 20 MEGOMS SHALL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT OF GE MRE AND /OR MOTOR AS APNJCAB6E. OPERATE PUMPS AND CHECK DIRECTOR OF ROTATION. RECORD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE OF EACH PUMP WILE EACH POMP OPERATES NDHVOUALLY AND AONN MIN BOTH PUMPS IN OPERATION. ALL WORM( SHALL BE COMPLETED WITH SUPPLIERS FIELD REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT. CHECK OPERATION VAN CITES PORTABLE GENERATOR. CHANGE PHASING AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE CORRECT ROTATOR. 19. CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE NO CLOSER THAN 48' IRON NET PEEL OPENING MEASURED FROM THE FRONT OF THE CONTROL PANEL 20. OXIDE - MINTING JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL ELECTRICAL TERMINATION CONTACT SURFACES. INCLUDING COMPRESSOR AND BOLTED CONNECTIONS. PENETROK COMPOUND BY BURNDY OR EQUAL PRODUCT. 21. 22. 23. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL AND SHALL RECEIVE SAID APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT OR COMMENCING CONSTRICTION. ALL CONDUCTORS EXTENDING OUTSIDE THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER. ANN /12 MIN. w/ WIN INSULATION. UNLESS °THERMS NOTED. ALL HARING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED 4/ NUMBERS AT ALL TERMINALS AND CN PARING DIAGRAMS. MARKERS SHALL BE THOMAS & BETTS NSTA -COPE WP -ON MARKERS OR APPROVED EQUAL 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL REED VERIFY All MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SIZES AND RATINGS PRIOR TO CONNECTING. 25. CONTRACTOR SHALL REED VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT LGCATNNS AND CONNECTORS PRIOR TO COMMENDING CONSTRUCTION. 28. REFERENCE PLAN & SECTION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT LOGANONS. 27. ALL ELECTRICAL NORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE 4/ NE LATEST EDITOR Of THE NEC AND APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES 28. COORDINATE ALL INSTALLATIONS w/ ALL OTHER TRADES. 29. DG 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 38. ALL CONDUIT EXPOSED ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONDUITS EXTENDING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE GALVANIZED RAND STEEL CONDUIT THROUGH AND INCLUDING THE FAST 90 DEGREE ELBOW (DR EQUIVALENT SET OF amass) INSTALLED BELOW GRADE ALL PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 80. CONNECTIONS TO PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE MADE w/ A MOD STEEL TO PVC CONDUIT ADAPTER. NOTE - EXTRA HEAVY DUTY (501. 80) PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ABOVE GRADE AND BELOW GRADE CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX JB AND THE NET HELL GALVANIZED ROD STEEL CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE USED IN THESE LENGTHS OF CONDUIT BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX JB AND THE NET WELL ALL THREADED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COATED w/ COPPER SHIELD ANTI -SERE COMPOUND MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS & BETTS (T & B). ALL UNDERGROND CONDUITS SHALL RE BURIED w/ A MINIMUM OF 24' COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL PANELS, PANEL COMPONENTS. DISCONNECTS, SWITCHES & EQUIPMENT COVER PLATES SHALL BE LABELED w/ NAMEPLATES NAMEPLATES SHALL BE THREE PLY PHEROUC BLACK -MITE -BLACK ENGRAVED THROUGH THE FIRST BLACK LAYER. LETTERING SHALL BE 0.5 Cl (3/18') MM. EDGES OF NAMEPLATES SHALL BE BEVELED 45'. THE NAMEPLATES SHALL BE SECURED TO EQUIPMENT MTH STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS OR RIVETS. THE USE OF GLUE IS NOT PERMITTED. ALL ORWITS SHALL HAVE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ROUTED INSIDE THE CONDUIT w/ POWER CONDUCTORS. ALL INSTALLED COMPONENTS SHALL BE USTED BY UNDERNRITERS LABORATORY (UL). OR SMRAR NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. PROVIDE THREE PLY RED-MIA-RED PHENWC LABEL ENGRAVED 11001101 THE FIRST RED LAYER. MOUNT LABEL ADJACENT TO GENERATOR RECEPTACLE. LABEL SHALL READ: 'WARNING- EMERGENCY GENERATOR FRAME SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE CONTROL PANEL BEFORE CONNECTING EMERGENCY GENERATOR TO RECEPTACLE.' LETTERING SHALL BE 0.5 CM (3/16') MIN. EDGE OF LABEL SHALL BE BEVELED 45'. LABEL SHALL BE SECURED TO CONTROL CABINET (ME) MTH STANIESS STEEL SCREWS OR RIVETS. THE USE OF GLUE IS NOT PERMITTED. THE NET NELL CLASSIFICATION IS CLASS I. GROUPS C & D. DIVISOR 1. (HAZARDOUS AREA). NEC ARTICLES 500 & 501 ARE APPLICABLE FOR WRING MEDICOS USED BETWEEN THE WET VIOL AND THE CONTROL ENCLOSURE 37. AU. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE NE RO IPLABN ESTARUSHEO BY MIA AND/OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED N NE NET WELL & SUITABLE FOR SUBMERGED APPUCATONS IS EXCEPTED. 38. THE FOLLOWING SPARE PARTS SHALL BE PROVIDED: 1 - COMPLETE WARE MOTOR AND PUMP. INCLUDING CABLE LEADS 1 - MOTOR STARTER COMPLETE VAN CONVERTER MDOAE 1 - MAIN CROAT BREAKER ISSUED FOR BID 10 /26 /2016 �M moo WPM FMnm WW1 Nowt. NNW MI ) Tow. 11 Fm: 813 IDF11587 WINN 0000N LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOL FOR LIFT STATION #7 & #8 "He 110.11 IRMO MO elliOJORO wxx `/ CITY Of CLW MOM. 102 ORI NOM MOON Olt saw SE ROM E NAPE 80447464 feRNORD W. NOA R MLCNI 15 "'Or Re RAMON D® GRAPHIC . _L r 0 ZZ 1E SCATS - S. SCATS (E POT) 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - t 'T / F -7 1.0 = ZHM 0 10' D® BCAIE P - D' GRAPHIC SCALD (IN MHO REMOTE IERMNAL UMT (Rill) I 1V REMOTE TERMINAL UST DE REMOTE REWIRE UNIT (RN) IS NI EXISTING UST TO BE RELOCATED. THE Ell 6 FULLY COMPATIBLE VIM THE 0151ND TM II TELEMETRY SYSTEM MYIIFACIURED BY DATA FUN SSTD6. RC. OF MELBOURNE ROe1A. MID MUST NOT REWIRE MN OUNCES N THE TO II SOFTWARE. TIE RTC COIHCNCATES WITH THE COBOL SITE MA A TWO -MAT RADIO LINK. THE RN SHALL MONITOR OPEW,T106 MID PROEM 011/OFF OVERRIDE FOR PUPS IN AUTOMAT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGOE THE SERVICES a ME WMUFACMIEKS REPRESEERATNE TO PERFORM ONE TERMINATION AND PRIDE NECESSARY SOFTWARE TO CIANGEOIR THE OE PUMP as. TO TWO PUMPS. ME CONDUCTOR SHALL PRONE ADORION. MODULES ND OTHER (QUPNQM COOED RECESS. BY M5 TO ACCOMPLISH INS WNVERSON. TIE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CERTEY PROMS OPERATION OF THE WN/ERSION. 1.1 RECTOR MONIES AOGTIONAL NNCTIOM MODULES. F REWIRED, SHILL E DESIGNED SO THEY 0° NOT HAVE CONFIGURATION SWITCHES OR STRAPS NO MAT BE EASILY ADDED IN IRE FUTURE 1K SECTOR MOOMES MUST BE DESIGNED WITH SURGE SUPPRESSION ON Ill MPU1S AND OUTPUTS. REPLACEMENT OP A FIECTION MODULE SMALL NOT REWIRE 11E LIE OF TOOLS OR THE REMOVAL OF AMY INTERFACE 'MRS NEE SHALL E NO COMPONEOU ASSOCIATED ON THE FUNCTION 11011E MOUNTED TO THE MMIEAR AIpRp ((PA110 BMI6IANE). MN INTERLOCK SYSTEM SAAL E FRONDED TO PREVENT THE REMOVAL OF FUNCTION WOWS ATMTH ME POWER APPLIED. THE ROADIE TFAWML UNR SHALL SUPPORT THE MONROE. OF 11E 8.1010 COMMUNICATIONS LINK. 1.1.1 RADIO INTNFWE MODULE TIE DOTING REMOTE TOAD/AIL UNIT SHALL E REUSED. THE CONTRACTOR SWILL ENGAGE THE ERNCES OF NE SIFNIER TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OF THE WT. 1.2.1 ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM THE COSTING 11.2 DB GAM ONECIIONML ANTENNA SELL E REUSED TO TRANS. ND RECEIVE DATA AT i1E REMOTE IERMIW1 LOT. THE CONTRACTOR SMALL PROVIDE THE 0EOUIRED MANUFACTURER'S CABLE TO BMTERFECE THE DIGO NO MIGNON. ,.a, EDMORE REWIRRIEM6 LOCAL INPUT FOAL ALARM SEENCE SWITCH. TIE S.MC OPERATION SHALL E 1NROIGH THE 00N1EgU IE101 TRANSMITTER. INS DEVICE SHALL PROSE A 4-20. SIGNAL TO TIE TW CORRESPONDING TO PUMP , RUN PAW 2 RUN. LOW LEVEL SHUTOWN AND IND HMI IEVE1 IMAM F THE 1RNIS.DTER SPUD FAL THE 1W OPMATION SNAIL BE CONTROLLED BY FLOAT SWITCHES. Awes REPORTING BACK TD THE CENIPA1. STE COMPUTER WHEW LEVEL WORMER CONTROL S OPERATING WIT OF ELLENCE OR FALLS. PU /ST SR /BREAKER�FA .1 NAB SHALL E REPORTED RAM TO THE CENTRAL COMPUTER THE NANO OAS E ACTIVATED WHEN A PUMP IS CALLED TO RUN BUT FAILS TO RUN. OR IF THE PULP 6 TURNED SWIM ALARMS SHALL E REPORTED BACK TO ATE CENTRAL SITE COMPUTER. INNS SELL RMICATE TINT NI TIOA SWITCH HAS BEEN LET I THE HIND OR OFT POSITION. PUMP RIM STATUS SHOAL E REPORTED NO( TO THE CENTRAL SHE COMPUTER. PUMP RUN TIMES REWORD NM 2 SECOND ACCURACY. R1U POLIO STATUS SHALL E REPORTED BACK TO ME CENTRAL SITE COMPUTER • I E 40X0 CONTROL RAVEL ' PROVIDE WV ROUTE E 70 REW�WHEL FEEDER MODES COME fEE HP TAME WEFT 101 RELOCATED GENERATOR FPO - -•\ f MOW OINTRACTOR SHALL PROMS G ROHM SW HE -- MSS PUMP CONTROL PANEL / RELOCATED TCU L T \ i f%61N01F1EORY \ MOW) MOM - TEMNATIOM ARD -' , , .:,,., `___ F1ECIRNK - - -- -- �2TLE =- TIED..__ <HHCCS l\ / yy ;m °A;D ;iD --- _ 1 IIa - _�-- - 1 -- _ - COSTING RR_ BUILDING AND / --/ \USED . -- - -_ E , AN E dBC \EMERGENCY • %� MN TO REIM S /f� PANEL �I • . .. ION TT / WNWgr yH 4RPoI SO , ElCD10°E�RIECI. / t °EiHE SUNG 11 / Na w0 di � if IHA DI CODS LAG -B 10 RAP J WPC WMGS/O1L i �R10I1T0D SPNE °BAEAKER9 NSRE lPo °N'EWPMinr m E RE-USED. It I I -- I I -A / yy ��N^�'-I�1-I L'Y 1 �pM /� ' / %`A ,1!` > POYPro EQUIPMENT MD / E� I I 1� ->1.... — (r. COppgEtE WLM PUMP SONG 1 `' �1WY �OIDW e ••� c°xWa m / le: ,� ''tyy IS NM IIIII ill -VY�I /,./ • ��F /VY��I 7 I r �, T I / I DEMOLITION LAYOUT ,:;/ O _ . / Itl III III III 3"; -; PROPOSED LAYOUT q N. BxED 20 EL.DCTRICAL CONSULTING 10-2618 � f swEDF = Q .AT PORE MUM PE ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/20/6 DM IMAM I KIM MIAMI. E, ; -'..� CPCY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA __ _ ®CALL 811 SUN9INE SEA7E TINE eAU er � ST°°0MM Am Courtney eampeM Ca-Any LIFT STATION? & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION #7 G'"M1°iraFF"'aW RECORD OMMINGS 63 �M ° s-0ox -B Au, �N '?:!!� `. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT i T ; •. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 MS AMA W. rWIOA �� a MOCK II M SD ^°® ReMT.o® �B- -MM. .-- ..........°A A.- mos HeAATFO L WwW xu oMMW ;K, -IlIT' TA- a r -B� eAI,M DHgHHF -O^D Mnier: REVISION n aW .: ... .., .. n: ..�. ... wa— a By RB FEEDER CONDUCTORS, FIELD VERIFY GENERATOR EXISTING FEEDER SYSTEM FEEDER CONDUCTORS, REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE 11115 SHEET. 277/480 VAC, 3*. 4-ME SERVICE FROM EX GNNERATOR *15 LI LI WI UT. CONTROL PANEL WTN NITANN MORN LIGHT AND SNITCH GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR // SERVICE 080090/1 SYSTEM = taus 1. NE CONVERTER MODLE SHALL PROVIDE MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTOR DURING BYPASS OPERATOR. 2 CORE SUPPRESSCN THE SUPPRESSOR AS (FAIR RITE CLOSE AS PRACTICAL TO NE SOFT START CONTROLLER. WRAP TIE CABLE TRICE THROUGH THE SUPPRESSOR. A DENOTES TERMNAL FOR HELD CONNECTION. GENERATOR RECEPTACLE CONDUCTORS REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE TINS SHEET. 1 2 EPA 195 CM3 j > TI 2 "Jly.' T2 4 1 IT3/SF I T IX11 II I \-CABLE PROVIDED r/ CONVERTER MODULE CONNECT CABLE FROM CONVERTER MODULE TO FANNING STRIP ON MOTOR STARTER (SEE NOTE 2, TYP.) 12 4 Intel BC2 53 ISM TO CONTROL TRANSFORMER Ti, REFERENCE SHEET 18 FOR CONTINUATION 277/480 VAC, 30, HORSEPOWER TABLE (30 HP) MOTOR HORSEPOWER CIRCUIT BREAKER CBS. CBI NOTE 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER CB3. CB4. CBS MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH MD1 MOTOR STARTER MST. MS2. MS1 FEEDER /SERVICE CONDUCTORS k CONDUIT MOTOR CONDUCTORS GENERATOR RECEPTACLE CONDUCTORS (SEE NOTE 1) 4 0- 0 30 (SEE 317. 200* SQUARE 0 KAL36200 3P, 80A SQUARE D FHL38080 3P/200A/200A FUSE SQUARE D 4364ND0 460 VAC. 40h 30 NP °ALLEN- BRALEY 150 -BSMBD 3 -43/0 TNW/QI, 1 -43 /0 111W/CU NEUT. .3-143200 GAD., Y C. 3-66 k 1 -43 CND. 3-43/0. 1 -43/0 NEUT. a 1 -43 GAD. NOES: 1. SERVICE CONDUCTORS FROM POWER CO. TRANSFORMER TO POWER COMPANY METER DO NOT REQUIRE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 2. PROVIDE SQUARED POCCKA4 POWER DISTRIBUTOR CONNECTORS AS REQUIRED. •• ITEM SO NOTED SHALL BE PRONGED AS ALIEN- BRADLEY. EQUIVALENT COMPONENTS OR MATERIALS BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. RECORD DRAWINGS I"'"" REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 53756 ®CALL ATE SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL M..aall*mean Mt 40 awe A A A PUMP 2 PUMP 3 FLOATS FS2 AND F53 ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED AND ARE TO BE REPLACED N THE CONTROL SYSTEM '94TH THE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN TO CONTROL CIRCUIT. REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3 FOR CONTINUATOR ,`Y a,t ew0 '•. ELECTRICAL CONSULTING ,y,', 10.28.16 TOP OF WET WELL ALARM START LAG PUP START LEAD PUMP LOW LEVEL STOP LEVEL 4 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 BOTTOM OF WET WELL LEVEL 1 WET WELL CONTROL LEVELS AC POTTER AC NEUTRAL TARN GROUND BATTERY + POTTERY - ALARM HORN ALARM LIGHT ALARM POWER MOTOR 3 STARTER MOTOR 2 STARTER MOTOR 1 STARTER STARTER POWER PE MINOR IN . ,n W.r.vr•u. n I,,. n r�', row FROM *TS PUMP MOTORS FLOATS CCEITIG SUBMERS/BLE TRANSDUCER BASIC RISER DIAGRAM TO EVANSON BOARD 01 Pt P2 1 0�- 0 2 0 2 n.- 03 3 0- 0,c��4 4 0- 0 �,c -05 06 5 8 0 07 70 0,c�8 8 04 0R 00 010 9 10 nO 011 11 0. @12 PUMP CONTROL UNIT 120' 014 (S)15 1404 150 1y18 0,C�n -Sus 019 020 ANALOG (EXACT 0 .0CY2, DEIS VINE LOCATa 0 ®22 ON OPTING UNIT -��0c1y 024 B0 MOTOR 1 RUN MOTOR 2 RUN MOTOR 3 RUN EXTERNAL PM IIPUT COMMON 1 OFT LEVEL JEAD LEVEL M LENT HIGH LFY L ALARM SILENCE NPUT COMMON 2 TO DIESEL PUMP ALARMS, REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FROM MANUFACTURER FOR REQUIREMENTS TO CONTROL CIRCUIT. REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ON SHEET 15 FOR CONTINUATION FROM SUBMERSIBLE TRANSMITTER (COSTING CABLE) RF PIGTAIL PO.YPHAS R COAXIAL PROTECTOR • ANTENNA COAX )_TO ANTENNA PUMP CONTROL UNIT (TCU) CONNECTION DETAIL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE ALL WON( BY DATA FLOW TO PROGRAM THE TCU AT THE UFT STARCH MID AT THE REMOTE MONITORING STATOR TO N INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL DIESEL. PUMP ALARMS. BETEL PUMP ALARMS TO TOO TO INCLUDE LOW FUEL. PUMP NOT IN AUTO, BATTERY LOW VOLTAGE. PUMP DUNNING ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 MM 79400 Mw 00•4.2 00 Tom, 1 NI �e-1711 Fm: e13 288 -SS97 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) FOR UFT STATION #7 ipso IS-0021S-11, N/ NW MARA OW OF CM MWA MN NI SEE Aewt IONEL KOMIND We M. ANNA 0. 6141 7 4 I�1i OF 2e REFERENCE SHEET 15 FOR CONTINUATOR 12 F3 12 VOLT BACKUP BATTERY SPRIER POWER TO TCU A 300 120 VAC AYG #10 CBLI AWG #12 - AND /12 CB7 F TERMINAL FOR FIELD-7 AREA LIGHT CB9 CONNECTION (T R) X33 • IBRIWTION CONTROLLER CB10 TES P1 P1 (BY IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR) 1 PUMP t REQUEST FROM TCU PUMP 2 REQUEST FROM TCU PUMP 3 REQUEST FROM TCU ALARM POWER TO TCU BAT 9-- TCU TCU BACKUP -o o- POTTER CBS PI P1 RI TCU POTTER P2 OS q NPUT COMMON 1 M TCU PL3 ITERNAL 1 FAIL PL4 THERMAL 2 FAIL P 1 P1 R41 @— P. R4I 03 1A ALARM LIGHT FROM ICU INTERPOSING RELAY TERMINAL ON 'OU (TT.) ALARM HORN I FROM ECU ALARM UG1T FROM TCU PI _ NOTE 8) PRO P2 4TH 011M, U.S WATTS • Ms P2 MILL 470 OHM, 0.5 WATTS P3 0® 470 OHM, 0.5 WATTS P2 RAL % ALARM HORN 18 FROM TCU RAL1 AM 471( 011M. 0.5 WATTS N RAI2 • 1A �,‘-‹ CONTINUED AT TOP OF SHEET. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM PUMP 1 RUN STATUS TO TCU PUMP 2 RUN STATUS TO ECU PUMP 3 RUN STATUS TO TCU PHASE MONITOR TO TCU CONTINUED FROM BOTTOM OF SHEEP. F4 120 VAC AS INPUT COMMON 2 TO TCU NIGH TO ECU LAG PUMP RUN TO TCU LEAD PIMP ON TO 11U PUMPS OFT TO ECU INTRNSICALLY SAFE BARRIER RELAY (REFERENCE NOTES 3, 4 d 5) TOP P2 13 FLOATS F52 AND F53 ME NOT TO BE INSTALLED AND ARE TO BE REPLACED IN THE CONTROL SEVEN MTH THE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD MD LAG PUMP RUN PUMP 3 THERMAL SENSOR PUMP 1 THERMAL SENSOR TIEMN. SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE PUMP 2 MODULES THERMAL SENSOR DIE MOTOR E TO MCO M THE MINI CAS ONE NOT USED ON THIS PROJECT NOTES: 1. CONTROL PANEL SUPPLIER SHALL CDORDNATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS MM PUMP SUPPLIER AND ECU SUPPLIER 2. DEVICES NOTED MM '✓ ME MOUNTED REMOTE FROM PANEL 3. ALL CONDUCTORS AND ASSOCIATED TERMINALS THAT ARE PART OF THE MTNINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED MTH PERMANENTLY AFFIXED LABELS READING "INTRINSIC SAFETY MRINC. 4. LIGHT BLUE COLORED MONO INSULATION SHALL BE RESERVED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE ERRING. 5, INTRINSICALLY SAFE ERRING AND TERMINALS SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM OTHER ERRING BY NOT LESS THAN Y. B. PRONDE 4111 OHM DROPPING RESISTORS (AS REQUIRED) ON ALL 120 VAC NPUTS TO ECU AND 10 FUSES ON ALL 011PUT5 FROM TCU. 7. THE SCHEMATICS ARE BASED ON ME CITY OF CLEARWATER'S STANDARDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE MY DEVIATIONS FROM THIS STANDARD FOR APPROVAL. B. THE DES TEA MO CONTEORA SUBMERSIBLE IRANSQUCER BREATHER ARE EXISTING, TO BE MOUNTED IN ME NEW CONTROLLER. A DENOTES TERMINAL FOR FIELD CONNECTION. Q DENOTES TERMINAL ON PUMP CONTROL UNIT (TCU). COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS •/ OATH FLOW SYSTEMS O DENOTES TERMINAL ON EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE PUMP CONTROLLER. woo) tr itr- ELBCGTRICAL CONSULTING - 10.2&18 p[= DESION '"'IWIIYM NFN R01A PE K w ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS WIWI. WO MOM Mt MOW. WA REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 111 SUNSHINE SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL M ROMA MOW 'CO OILVAIL AECOM SIN 700 C•••R7 OveA.E Uau•••04 Tampa. FWHM 31107 r : EW1 17nFw Btd 2NFMB7 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) FOR LIFT STATION #7 11110 MOM; 111 OW LL7 IMO By MN LIMN an OF aW CAA SEL Mal moo ram. OFOILL B WILCOX MKT aza TCU e Al. MEI 08 TOPE THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE A NSCREEN S STEEL TINGCSHAL MOUNTED 1' ABOVE ME TOP OF 111E ENCLOSURE SHALL THE SUNSCREEN AND STEEL MOUNTING SHALL O II BY ME MANUFACTURER IIn AH — BOIL. OUTER DOOR NOT SHORAN FOR CLARITY. INTERIOR DOOR LAYOUT TO DIESEL PUMP CONTROL PANEL SEALING FITTING (TYP.) w ELEVATION AT DIESEL PUMP CONDUIT PULL BOX NOT TO SCALE SPD AS MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TCU ■ El JUMPER a AR ASSEMBLY IHIll CB6 C87 CBB C*9 0810 m m TB ISR -2 ISR -3 1B2 RAL START/RUN CAPACITOR CIRCUITS RNAL LAYOUT TO BE SUBMITTED 9Y CONTRACTOR. PANEL LAYOUT SHALL CONFORM TO CLEARWATER STANDARDS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTS NOT TO SCALE NOTE: THE DES 'ICU' IS EXISTING. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND INTERCONNECTED IN THE NEW PUMP CONTROL PANEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS MTH 11E MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. INCLUDING PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS. ADDITIONAL PROGRAMING. IF NEEDED SHALL BE PROMDED BY THE 'ICU' INSTALLER UNDER THIS CONTRACT. RECORD DRAWINGS SlIrese moss Ss snmovEll REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL or RONDA ("2. Is -ITFo II PACK PANFL IAYOUT EucmICAL CONSULTING 0881011 INC. FLOATS FS2 AND EST ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED MID ARE TO BE REPLACED IN WE CDNTRDL SYSTEM WITH TIE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN LOAD SUMMARY METONS PUMP NO. 1: PUMP NO. TO PUMP NO. 3 30 HP, 460 VAC, 30, 40.0 A 30 HP, 460 VAC, 30, 40.0 A 30 HP. 460 VAC. 30, 40.0 A MOTOR SUB -TOTAL 120.0 A + 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR 10.0 A SUB -TOTAL 130.0 A MISC EQUIP - 4800 VAO 460 VAC 10.0 A TOTAL MAXIMUM AMPERES 140.0 A SFRVICE 570. 200 A, 480 VAC. 3A, 4 -MIRE, MINIMUM. FASTING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER BREATHER ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 MO Oaryb Cawny Re AD :„o, ro13TE 1;1=c, 413 2 M -5597 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATIONS FOR UFT STATION #7 is -DE SOS 47E64 NIA CRY OF CLW IRIAN IN MOO MEM SEE MOW ECM. SE W. MIA a 1R DO F To g i Od <� o (EMERGENCY' I MAIN I i C82 CBI 98899 CBS CB7 CBB CB9 CVO PUMP 11 (PUMP 21 (PUMP 1 191c83 RESET I I 9 RESET C84 I I CBS I AREA LIGHTI RESET I 6 SI GFI CO AH — BOIL. OUTER DOOR NOT SHORAN FOR CLARITY. INTERIOR DOOR LAYOUT TO DIESEL PUMP CONTROL PANEL SEALING FITTING (TYP.) w ELEVATION AT DIESEL PUMP CONDUIT PULL BOX NOT TO SCALE SPD AS MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TCU ■ El JUMPER a AR ASSEMBLY IHIll CB6 C87 CBB C*9 0810 m m TB ISR -2 ISR -3 1B2 RAL START/RUN CAPACITOR CIRCUITS RNAL LAYOUT TO BE SUBMITTED 9Y CONTRACTOR. PANEL LAYOUT SHALL CONFORM TO CLEARWATER STANDARDS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTS NOT TO SCALE NOTE: THE DES 'ICU' IS EXISTING. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND INTERCONNECTED IN THE NEW PUMP CONTROL PANEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS MTH 11E MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. INCLUDING PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS. ADDITIONAL PROGRAMING. IF NEEDED SHALL BE PROMDED BY THE 'ICU' INSTALLER UNDER THIS CONTRACT. RECORD DRAWINGS SlIrese moss Ss snmovEll REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL or RONDA ("2. Is -ITFo II PACK PANFL IAYOUT EucmICAL CONSULTING 0881011 INC. FLOATS FS2 AND EST ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED MID ARE TO BE REPLACED IN WE CDNTRDL SYSTEM WITH TIE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN LOAD SUMMARY METONS PUMP NO. 1: PUMP NO. TO PUMP NO. 3 30 HP, 460 VAC, 30, 40.0 A 30 HP, 460 VAC, 30, 40.0 A 30 HP. 460 VAC. 30, 40.0 A MOTOR SUB -TOTAL 120.0 A + 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR 10.0 A SUB -TOTAL 130.0 A MISC EQUIP - 4800 VAO 460 VAC 10.0 A TOTAL MAXIMUM AMPERES 140.0 A SFRVICE 570. 200 A, 480 VAC. 3A, 4 -MIRE, MINIMUM. FASTING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER BREATHER ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 MO Oaryb Cawny Re AD :„o, ro13TE 1;1=c, 413 2 M -5597 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATIONS FOR UFT STATION #7 is -DE SOS 47E64 NIA CRY OF CLW IRIAN IN MOO MEM SEE MOW ECM. SE W. MIA a 1R DO STRUCTRAL POST SEE STRUCTURAL PROVIDE STRUT AS REQUIRED. (TIP.) EN/STT STMGT STOP S 1. RD PVC CONDUIT R FLOAT LEADS. SEAL 'MTH CT SEAL AT EACH END. VET WELL FLEABLE CABLE (TYP.) ABOVE FINISHED SURFACE DUCT SEAL (TYP,) SEE DETAIL TANS SHEET • ALARM UGHT -AL VERIFY BOND GROUNDING CONDUC TO UGH G FIXTURE _ iii! iMI _ EL IIIICL �I CONTROL _ l A1N5/ HORN -AN =:1= ProIIMDP RECEPTACLE-OR ' -'I■ EI is MN. �IR��I E E :i =T0 RADJ JJJij i TO AREA UNIT s 11 =11 2' SI FOR IRAN DUCT SEAL AT EACH END. . SO PVC CCNDIX 31 RUMP Y SOH. BO PVC CONDUIT FOR EACH PUMP. SEAL WITH DUCT SEAL AT EACH END. u TO CONTROL PANEL 94 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR 1' NOTES, FRONT VIEW 1. ALL CONDUITS CONNECTED TO THE CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECT N. UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED. CONDUITS ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE SWITCH AND POSER METER SHALL BE TERMINATED MTH GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. ALLEN- BRADLEY 1490 -N SERIES ROUTE HUBS OR AN APPROVED EQUAL AFTER INSTALLING CONDUIT & WIRE, PACX EACH CONDUIT 7. GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT EXTENDING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE WITH A 2' THICKNESS OF DUCT SEAL TO MNIMRE WATER INGRESS GALVANIZED RIND STEEL CONDUIT THROUGH AND INCLUDING TIE THRWGI CONDUITS DURING TIMES OF STORM SURGES. FIRST 90 DEGREE ELBOW (OR EQUIVALENT SET OF FITTINGS) INSTALLED BELOW GRADE. 2. USE 9318 55 UNISTRUT CHANNEL w/o HOLES OR SLOTS. 3. PROVIDE 4-PONT MINIMUM MOUNTING SUPPORT TO UNISTRUT FOR ALL ENCLOSURES ALL MOUNTING BOLTS SHALL BE 5S DO NOT BOLT ENCLOSURES TO POSTS. UGNT -AIL a AN ASPHALT -BASED COATING SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLED BELOW GRADE AND TO A HEIGHT OF 6 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OR ABOVE THE TOP CF FINISHED SOBS. 9. EACH CONDUIT EXTENDING FROM THE NET NEIL TO JUNCTION BOX 4. UNISTRUT ARRANGEMENT MAY BE VARIED PER MANUFACTURERS JB SHALL DE SEALED AT EACH END 111Th DUCT SEAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SECURE INSTALLATION. 10. THE ANTENNA CABLE SHALL BE REPLACED. COORDINATE WITH THE 5. PROVIDE PVC SLEEKS FOR AU. METALLIC CONDUITS PENETRATING SUPPLIER OF THE TCU AND ANTENNA SUPPUER (DES). CONCRETE SLAB. REFER TO CONDUIT /CABLE HANGER DETAIL ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MOUNT TRANSDUCER CABLE PER SUPPLERS STANDARDS UDUDTIGHT IRIS WITH STRAIN REUEF FITUNG (THOMAS & BETTS RANGER SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL) STRAIN RELIEF DROP GRIP (HUBBELL OR APPROVED EQUAL) FLOATS 70 MOTOR (TYP.) NET TEL 2' SCHED. 130 PVC CONDUIT FOR PUMP POWER AND SENSING CABLES. ROUTE BELOW CONCRETE NAB AS SHORN. PROVIDE DUCT SEAL IN CONDUITS NET NELL WALL 1/B' OA STAINLESS STEEL, NYLON COATED WIRE ROPE AND WEIGHT FOR FLOAT CABLES CONDUIT /CABLE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE D GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO LIGHTING FIXTURE FY LASER DISCONNECT Ii 4- / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// //// / /// //1 / / / / / / /iY //Sr 11 -11 BC IM. STABEIIE AS REQUVED J— TO CONTROL PANEL /4 BANE (CQNOC°11 PER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING DETAIL DIESEL PUMP CONTRLN PANFI 1. THE DESEL PUMP CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE SHIPPED LOOSE TO BE MONIED IN A CONTRACTOR SUPPLED NERA 40 ENCLOSURE OF STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE TO BE SIZED 2CN BY 36' TALL BY 12" DEEP OR AS DIRECTED BU TIE MANUFACTURER. ENCLOSURE SHALL BE HIKED AND LOCKABLE WITH MATOHERD KEY TO THE PUMP CONTROL PANEL EXTEND A 3' C FROM THE RESEAL PUMP CONTROL PANEL TO THE DIESEL PUMP FOR THE CONTROL CABLE PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER IAI CROUTONS ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR: /4 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR DO NOT BONO NEUTRAL TO GROUND DACK NEW 8-912 & 1 -912 GND. NTRINSICALLY SAM INNING) FROM ATS N GEN/SET BLDG TRANSITION TO PVC CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. SEE NOTE 7. EXOTHERMIC WELD (TYP.) 1 5/8' z 1 S/8' /316 STAINLESS STEEL UNISTRUT FOR MOUNTING ENCLOSURES UNISTRUT STALL BE SECURED w/ I/O ' BOLTS THROUGH CONCRETE POSTS. USE 316 SS BOLTS NUTS & WASTERS FINISHED SURFACE TO CONTROL PANEL (REROUTED) FASTING C/1/0 BARE OPPER CONDUCTOR SERVICE ONO. SYSIFN - MIN. (2) 5/8' DIA. • 10-13' COPPER CLAD CND. RODS. MN. 6. -0' APART. MIN. lO -0' LENGTH STEEL PIPING (ATTACH w/ GROUNDING CLAMPS) & GROUNDING ELECTRODE AT THE BOTTOM OF CONCRETE SLAB (ATTACH w/ EXOTHERMIC WELD). NOTES: EXISTING ANTENNA & FOUNDATION ROUTE SERVICE BOND TO EXISTING ANTENNA GROUND (EXOTHERMIC) I. COVER NOT UDVN FOR CLARITY. 2. BOND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO ENCLOSURE BACK PANEL 1 ALL CONDUCTORS AND ASSOCIATED TERMINALS THAT ARE PART CF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED MTH PEFIIANENILY AFFIXED LABELS READING 'MTRNSC SAFETY WIRING. U. LINT VILE COLORED WRING INSULATION SHALL BE RESERVED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE WRING. 5. INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING AND IERMNALS SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM 0116R TARING BY NOT LESS THAN Y. 6. SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER CARE CONTINUOUS TO TOL. TOTO PUMP 93 PUMP TO PUMP 91 TO MOAT SNITCHES FS1 -FS4 JUNCTION BOX DETAIL TO TRANSDUCER ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2016 RECORD DRAWINGS ILRESIB MOOD re MOTO) .11 REVISION MIK CITY OF CLEARWATER, FIARIDA ®CALL 811 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SUNONE S E C CALL LL 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Of RAI=,ww Clearwater, Fl 53756 (°"4. woe TMY R R =Nom OnFM•I C4•••w% SEA 700 NaMo 33607 Pk 13) MN -1711 F w: BI3 286 -6667 �FioNwwNN NnW LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION #7 w ow WA an Of ON COMIC MI !0447464 OM NV. Lamm R W. NIMI.T D. WILCOX SIEL MOVE 90 Of MONIZI .,IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,,. NORTH 10' D® BCICS IL B GRAPHIC SCALY (IT PRCH•) ENO CONTROL RAIL DISCONNECT. SUMPS. ON TO E DOSNG TIMED a AN REAPED. REMOVE AT W01EITDI6 AHD WORTS AT USED THE IXNIRNO 1W 6 ro E RE-USED E -I PRIPTON SYSTEM TO E rG�_' RE-USED. TO RE - - -_ -- --__ Y Or IMIIII i' 3 ��)4I''. PURR. mimeo AND I IA_I 4 ETC BE R01010. Jr 3`11 if '61 II 1 DEMOLITION LAYOUT MAZE TERME. UNIT (RM1 21 1.0 REMOTE MERYL UNIT THE REM01E MEAN. UNIT (IMO 6 M EA.IING MP TO BE MOWED. THE RIO IS FULLY COMPATIBLE 'ARM ,NE EMTIN0 TIL II TELEMETRY STEM MANUFACTURED BY a10 FIDE S151EL4, MC. Of MABOUTI E, FLORIDA. AND MUST NOT R(N0RE NA' CHANCES N THE TIC II SOFTWARE. ME RIO COMMINICATFS MTH THE CENTRAL SITE 4A A TR0 -RAY RID. UNK. MK IOU EMI MONITOR OPERATE. MID PROVIDE 06/021 OVERRIDE FOR PUPS IN AUTOMATIC. 711E CONTRACTOR SMALL EN010E THE SERNLES OF THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO PERFORM FMAL 10064)1010141010 PROVIDE NECESSARY SOTRME TO CIWIGEO0ER 111E ONE PUMP SYSTEM TO TAD PIMPS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITION. MODULES AND OTHER EOIIPENT DEEMED NECES01RF NT DDS TO ACCOIPUSM M6 COHMA90H. THE MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CERTIFY PROPER OPERATION OF 111E CONVERSION. I.1 FRICTION MIOOIRFS EIDRCIl4 FUNCTION MODUIES, IF REWIRED, 9WL E DESIGNED 00 THEY DO NOT (LAME CWDWRATCN MIMES OR SOAPS MD AMY BE EASILY ADDED M THE MORE. TE FUNCTION MODULES I11157 E DIMMED WITH SURGE SUPPRESSION ON AU. TARS AND OUTPUTS. REPLACEMENT OF A MACRON MODULE SHALL NOT EWME DE 113E OF TOOLS OR THE REMOVAL OF MY INTERFACE MRS. THERE SMALL E NO COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED MM THE FUNCTION MOOME MOUNTED TO THE MOOERBOP ((PASNE &NO0UP1Q. AN NIE OO4 515aM SHALL RE PROVIDED TO PREVENT ME REMOVAL OF FIMCUUN IMAM WITH THE POTTER APPLIED. DE REMOTE TERMNM UNIT SMAL SUPPORT TM MONOORNO O TIE RADIO O]MEUNGIIONS UNC 1.1.1 RAM INTIFACE 1001.0 111E 00STMIG REMOTE TERMINAL UN0 SHALL E REUSED. TIE COMPACTOR SI ML ENGAGE ME SERVICES OF ME SUPPLIER TD INANE PROPER OPERATION OF THE UNIT. 1.2.1 ANTENNA SUBSYSTEM TE EMSRNO 11.2 ON GABN DIRECTION. ANTENNA SHALL E MUSED 10 TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE DATA AT lE REMOTE 1ERMINE UNIT . THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PRONE THE REWIRED MANUFACTURERS CABLE TO INNTIRMCE THE PAD10 MD ANTENNA 111 00101ML REPAIRMEN 5 LOCK INPUT FOR MME0 5LENCE 5MIMI. 11E BASK: OPERATION SHALL E THROUGH THE CONT.. LEVEL 1RANa1RI1ER THIS DEEM MALL PROVIDE A 0-2OM SINAL 10 THE IOU WPoESPOINNG TO PUMP 1 RAN, PIMP 2 RUN, ADM LEVEL 9UTDOMI MD AND NON LEVEL NAM. F ME TRN6MFER SEDUM FM. DE 121 OPERATION SHALL E CONTROLLED EN FLOP MOPES. MAIM REPORRNC *0CK TO THE CENRW 91E COMPUTER MEN LEVEL 1RM61/FER CONTROL 6 OPERATING OR OF 5001014E OR FMS. PI11PS/STAIER /10(101 FAULT HAMS SHIM. E REPORTED ERGO 10 THE CENIIVL COMPUTER. THE VARY5 EY L E ACTIVATED MEN A PUMP 6 CALLED TO RUN BUT 10 5 TO RUN, OR IF THE PUP IS TURNED OF BY TIE PCY M CONTINUES TO RUN. .AIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,. MA SEMI ARMS SHRILL E REPORTED PAN TO TIE CEMMIL SITE COMPUTER. Ash WALL NOME 1141 M NOR SNATCH HAS BEEN LEFT N THE HAIR OR OFF POSITION. NORTH PUP RUN STATUS SMALL E REPORTED BACK TO THE CENTRAL 910 COMMUTER PUP RUN 146 10001001I WITH 2 SECOND ACCURACY. RIO AMER STATUS SNAIL E REPORTED BACK 10 THE CENTRAL SITE COMPUTER G ®. 9CAIS C - 6' GRAPHIC SCALE (I1 FED?) , , Err =I I ; RELOCATED MU TEN EULCIRNPL IEUS TED PRAM. OIO0.0. ' ELI �- '• �� COHORT Ip 111 4, I ll''' FE,O UCUC J� ME Oft /L�u) w 2- CONDUIT CORBEL-TOR SHALL PROMS �Iljj�M' I /� It, REOAMD POLE FROM SUPPUflU (IDES) MD MULL I Iiin Iii _p�_____, ,\ R r u' 'U° E" OBLE r'• - molmxAT IRm nap SURER j MEE 70 BE REUSED 'nn'II MD MEND END CONTROL 1191 r fill T 0'111 iI 11 EEE�,RL�ALSM,,MG °E o- PROPOSED LAYOUT ...,k INC. '� 00 ISSUED FOR B/D 10/26/2016 nD- a»'or•.A >+w»A� "µ» MOBS ... CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ®CALL 811v�"' w" sr "� GIVE CALL °F....r aw iDO 4AR1»r a.sM+ la....Y T' T 131 -2;.°T Fue B FTMeIMn ENP..Aw'rtanie.: boo 2e° -M°2 LIFT STATION? & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION #8 A �Y CM RECORD DRAWINGS int I ANRNH�IUa a -oox -M rR �W; I� SEE PENS �n —� !�. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT .. .. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 J� 0001)0* en R. MINA G ,MOOT Mgr � 21 OF 20 �e mR® MHNM N, P.. 0.1.1A-„V ER ^ REVISION sr NR c . .. .. .... �— AIC - 25.000A FEEDER CONDUCTORS. REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE THIS SHEET. GENERATOR RECEPTACLE CR GENERATOR RECEPTACLE CONDUCTORS REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE THIS SHEET. MOTOR CONDUCTORS REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE THIS SHEET (TIP.) CEO MS1 01.1 T ,B L2 120/240 VAC, Y, L3 4- RE SERVICE FROM ELECTRICAL UTILITY NEU SERVICE CONDUCTORS, REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE THIS SHEET. PUMP 1 ALLEN - BRADLEY SCUD STATE OVERLOAD RELAY W/ AUTONATIC/1MANUAL RESET & ADJUSTABLE TRIP CUSS. FIELD WI' TO TRP CLASS 20 a AUTOMATIC RESET (TIP.) SERVICE GROUND- 1_ SYSTEM - 0.2 NM]E& 1. TIE CONVERTER MODULE SHALL PROVIDE MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTOR DURING BYPASS OPERATION. 2. PROVIDE A FERRITE CORE SUPPRESSOR (FAIR RITE P/N 2843602702). MOUNT ME SUPPRESSOR AS CLOSE AS PRACTICAL TO THE SOFT START CONTROLLER. WRAP THE CARE TRICE THROUGH THE SUPPRESSOR. A DENOTES TERMINAL FOR FIELD CONNECTION. 1 TO CONTROL TRANSFORMER TI, REFERENCE SHEET 21 FOR CONTNUATION 120/240 VAC, 30, HORSEPOWER TABLE (7.5 HP ) MOTOR 0� aRSEP CIRCUIT BREAKER 2 (SEE NOTE 2) CIRCUIT MAN DISCONNECT SWITCH YQ1 MOTOR STARTER FEEDER/SERVICE 010 & COOAT M GENERATOR RECEPTACLE CONDUCTOR+ MSt_MOE SEE NOTE 1) 7.5 3P, 80A SQUARE 0 KAL38030 3P, 45A SQUARE 2 FHL38045 3P/100A /I00A FUSE SQUARE D H38NND5 IOWA ROE 2, 27U ^ALLEN- BRNXEY 508 -800 3 -EI MW /CU. 1 -/I MW /CU NEUT. ! 1 -MB GAD., Y G 3_j8 a 1 -R8 GAD. 3-1I, 1 -/I NEUT. & 1 -/6 GAO. NESES 1. SERVICE CONDUCTORS FROM POKER CO. TRANSFORMER TO POWER COMPANY METER 00 NOT REQUIRE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 2. PROVIDE SQUARED PDC8KA4 POWER DISTRIBUTION CONNELIORS AS REQUIRED. •• ITEM SO NOTED SHALL BE PROVIDED AS ALLEN - BRADLEY. EQUIVALENT COMPONENTS OR MAIEINALS BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. RECORD DRAWINGS IWYrial MEND MI REVISOR CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater. Fl 33756 ®CALL ATE SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF BANDA ..R..W..,.M1.N (ello� aw -ono MIME CICAMIE 161 PUMP 2 FLOATS FS2 AND F53 ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED MID ME TO BE REPLACED N TE CONTROL SYSTEM NTH THE TRANSDUCER 9GNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN TOP OF NET WELL ALARM START LAC PUMP START LEAD PUMP LOW LEVEL. STOP LEVEL 4 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 BOTTOM OF WET NELL LEVEL 1 WET WELL CONTROL LEVELS TO CONTROL CIRCUIT, REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3 FOR CONTINUATION so/1011120D ,,, TCU AC POWER AC NEUTRAL EARTH GROUND BATTERY + BATTERY - ALARM HORN ALARM UGHT ALARM POWER MOTOR 2 STARTER MOTOR 1 STAR STARTER POWER 3 *t EL.BCTRICAL COMMA -TING y, 0.219.15 .55.w ITPdINTN INC. MCI AI WA. Cepurede of Palma. •7:1- P 7I WNYY NINA PE m xcNae T..,4 hhappe, IE SWIM UTIUTY POWER EXISTING RADIO AREA ANTENNA LIGHT — MAN DISCONNECT SNITCH METER PUMP MOTORS FLOATS EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER BASIC RISER DIAGRAM 01 P1 P2 1 01 02 03 2 0 3 0 04 40 05 50 06 810. 0 07 7 08 80 OR 010 40 100 011 012 POMP CONTROL UHT 11 0 120 013 130 0,4 015 140 150 018 .017 -0's 015 028 ANALOG IEVACCTSLOOCCATOU' ''N,c�O, DE 0 0 -�y22 ON EXISTING UNIT -023 -024 BPR BALI PARE BADIQ MOTOR 1 RUN MOTOR 2 RUN EXTERNAL PM INPUT COMMON 1 OFF LEVEL LEAD LEVEL LAG LEVEL HIGH LEVEL ALARM SILENCE INPUT COMMON 2 TO CONTROL CIRCUIT. REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ON SHEET 15 FOR CONTINUATION FROM SUBMERSIBLE TRANSMITTER (EXISTING CABLE) PPM RF PIGTAIL ANTENNA COAX )-ro ANTENNA POLIPHASER COAXIAL PROTECTOR • PUMP CONTROL UNIT (TCU) CONNECTION DETAIL ISSUED FOR BID 10,26/2016 AECOM 7650 WAN CUMBER OsnE0•11 Carw4 A6Mpa700 PR L6i 288-1711 ram. els ]18 -8557 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) FOR LIFT STATION #8 00=0.1IM 0•WA NA FM OF COI 10- Opb-Yt OAT OlVilr MASK SW SEE Iba2 Nat °` 0:74.4 ARNO INTRO mmmwe a .LGOI 1 9 36 11 11 A /5 Ng REFERENCE SHEET 20 FOR CONTINUATION L2 • 12 VOLT BACKUP BATTERY STARTER POWER TO TCU PUMP 1 REQUEST FROM TQU AMC /10 120 VAC WV 110 7 CBANG /12 O1 /-AMC /12 C68 FF TERMINAL FOR FTETD-7 5-4—AREA LIGHT CBB CONNECTION (TYP.) ICE, • CB9 TES ID— PUMP 2 REQUEST FRW mu ALARM PORCH TO TCU P1 0 �IIII� ECU BACKUP o- VIRXICATIDN CONTROLLER P1 (BY IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR ) C137 P1 PI RI 3) OL1 IA R4T Pt 1 'E1 TA N TCU RIMER P2 (: )-W INPUT COMMON 1 TO TO) PL3 THERMAL 1 FAIL PL4 THERMAL 2 FAIL — RESISTOR (SEE NOTE 8) P2 {7K OHM, 0.5 WATTS PP2^2 {M DIY, 0.5 WATTS OL2 1f Msz ALARM UGNT FROM TCU INTERPOSING RELAY TERMINAL ON CU (TYP.) ALARM HORN FROM TCU ALARM LIGHT FROM TCIU P1 ALARM HORN FROM TO) RAL1 AR P2 II 0 47K OHM, 0.5 WATTS RN2 AL IA • PUMP I RUN STATUS TO TCU PUMP 2 RUN STATUS TO TCU PHASE MONITOR TO TCIU CONTINUED AT TOP OF SHEET. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CONTINUED FROM BOTTOM OF SHEET. F4 AS i O INPUT COMMON 2 TO TCU HIGH LEVEL TO TCU LAG PUMP RUN TO TO) LEAD PUMP ON TO TCU PUMPS OFF TO TCU INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIER RELAY (REFERENCE NOTES 3, 4 & 5) TYP RECORD DRAWINGS Yell= Ws MINA Pt �W- REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 P2 13 SUCALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA era. (I11� � -4775 •70/111,10 LICAMIE Iii FLOATS P52 AND FS3 ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED AND ARE TO BE REPLACED N THE CONTROL SYSTEM WIN THE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN PUMP I THERMAL SENSOR PUMP 2 THERMAL SENSOR THERMAL SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE MODULES INTEGRAL TO TIE MOTOR ALONG TIE MINI CAS ARE NOT USED ON THIS PROECT ELPCTRICAL CONSULTING 6 OBRIMM INC. IN W1 NOTFS 1. CONTROL PANEL SUPPLIER SHALL COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS VAIN PUMP SUPPUER AND TCU SUPPLIER 2. DEVICES NOTED WTH '• ARE MOUNTED REMOTE FROM PANEL 3. Al CONDUCTORS AND ASSOCIATED TERMINALS THAT ARE PART OF THE NTMNSCALLY SAFE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY UNENVIED NTH PERMANENTLY AFFIXED LABELS READING 'INTRINSIC SAFETY WRING'. 4. LIMIT BLUE COLORED MIRING INSULATON SHALL BE RESERVED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE BRING. 5. INTRINSICALLY SAFE WANG AND TERMINALS SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM 01HER WRING BY NOT LESS THAN Y. 5. PROWOE 47K OIW DROPPING RESISTORS (AS REQUIRED) ON ALL 120 VAC INPUTS TO TCU AND 1A FUSES CA ALL GAMUTS FROM TCU. 7. THE SCHEMATICS ARE BASED ON THE CITY OF CLEARWATER'S STANDARDS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THIS STANDARD FOR APPROVAL 8. THE OFS TCU MID CONTEG A ° WERSIQ.E TRANSDUCER BREATHER ARE EXISTING, TO BE AWAKED IN THE NEW CONTROLLER. Q DENOTES TERMINAL FOR FIELD CONNECTION. O DENOTES TERMINAL ON PUMP CONTROL LINT (ECU). COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS ./ DATA FLOW SYSTEMS C) DENOTES TERMINAL ON EASING SUBMERSIBLE PIMP CONTROLLER. ernes rn jj .I _"'`MUAM NFMA PE ISSUED FOR BID 10/26/2018 AECOM OB ;OD OmaR.Y WPIAM 0NNAN' Tamp, MOM 35807 P0: 2M-1711 Fpm: t8 .422m-mm LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) FOR LIFT STATION #8 o Doe 7.1.0 ONO N/A COMET IT Mem Law Mm. MOPE TENSED ea N. WILLA D ARGON 23 au SPD Al v J MM. OUTER DOOR NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. INTERIOR DOOR LAYOUT AS RE trip OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE A STMNLESSS STEEL SUNSCREEN MOUNTED 1' ABOVE THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE SUNSCREEN MID MOUNTING SHALL BE BY TIE MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TOG 8 ® JUMPER BAR ASSEMBLY 111 1 ' C85 COB CB7 CBB START/RUN CAPACITOR CIRCUITS FINAL LAYOUT TO BE SUBMITIFD BY CONTRACTOR. PANEL LAYOUT SHALL CONFORM TO CLEARWATER STANDARDS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTS NOT TO SCALE NOTE: THE DFS 'TOP IS EXISTING. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND INTERCONNECTED IN THE NEW PUMP CONTROL PANEL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND 'WRING REQUIREMENTS MITI THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, INCLUDING PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS. ADDITIONAL PROGRAMING, IF NEEDED SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE 'ICU' INSTALLER UNDER THIS CONTRACT. RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 BACK PANEL LAYOUT ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of NAM mow ow 202Awm iii EL.ccYRICAI. CONBILTINO a DESIGN INC. FLOATS F52 MID F53 ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED AND ARE TO BE REPLACED IN IE CONTRCL SYSTEM WITH THE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN NN.m E „°"?` T "`PE SMW088 TO) LOAD SUMMARY WOMBS PUMP NO. 1: PUMP NO. 2: 7.5 HP, 240 VAC, 30, 22.0 A 7.5 HP, 240 VAC, 30 22.0 A MOTOR SUB -TOTAL + 251E OF LARGEST MOTOR SUB -TOTAL MISC EQUIP - 3000 TAO 240 VAC TOTAL MAXIMUM AMPERES RRVICE tl7E' 100 A. 240 VAC, 30, 4 -MIRE, MINIMUM. 44.0 A 5.5 A 49.5 A 12.5 A 62.0 A ENSUING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER BREATHER ISSUED FOR BID !0/26/2018 MO WNW U .%N % Uve6 1 SAte 00 r12,3) 280-1711 saW tar-0507 EnoM.nEa Nunin LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATIONS FOR LIFT STATION #8 MO DM .AA mrt worm [B.,.. W4)461 6JI W. ROMA MAXIM, MB MIMED MI DRAW fro SIM /MOVE AMC esowis NU Ma 0. WLCOK 21 Or 2B IT .E O IEMERGENCYII MAIN I 6 C82 CBI CB5 CB6 C87 CB8 039 I PUMP 1I 'PUMP 21 CB3 RESET 0 CB4 'AREA LIGHT' I ® RESET 0 I I I 8 SI CFI Cb W v J MM. OUTER DOOR NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. INTERIOR DOOR LAYOUT AS RE trip OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE A STMNLESSS STEEL SUNSCREEN MOUNTED 1' ABOVE THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE SUNSCREEN MID MOUNTING SHALL BE BY TIE MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TOG 8 ® JUMPER BAR ASSEMBLY 111 1 ' C85 COB CB7 CBB START/RUN CAPACITOR CIRCUITS FINAL LAYOUT TO BE SUBMITIFD BY CONTRACTOR. PANEL LAYOUT SHALL CONFORM TO CLEARWATER STANDARDS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTS NOT TO SCALE NOTE: THE DFS 'TOP IS EXISTING. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND INTERCONNECTED IN THE NEW PUMP CONTROL PANEL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND 'WRING REQUIREMENTS MITI THE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, INCLUDING PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS. ADDITIONAL PROGRAMING, IF NEEDED SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE 'ICU' INSTALLER UNDER THIS CONTRACT. RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 BACK PANEL LAYOUT ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL Of NAM mow ow 202Awm iii EL.ccYRICAI. CONBILTINO a DESIGN INC. FLOATS F52 MID F53 ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED AND ARE TO BE REPLACED IN IE CONTRCL SYSTEM WITH THE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL FOR LEAD AND LAG PUMP RUN NN.m E „°"?` T "`PE SMW088 TO) LOAD SUMMARY WOMBS PUMP NO. 1: PUMP NO. 2: 7.5 HP, 240 VAC, 30, 22.0 A 7.5 HP, 240 VAC, 30 22.0 A MOTOR SUB -TOTAL + 251E OF LARGEST MOTOR SUB -TOTAL MISC EQUIP - 3000 TAO 240 VAC TOTAL MAXIMUM AMPERES RRVICE tl7E' 100 A. 240 VAC, 30, 4 -MIRE, MINIMUM. 44.0 A 5.5 A 49.5 A 12.5 A 62.0 A ENSUING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER BREATHER ISSUED FOR BID !0/26/2018 MO WNW U .%N % Uve6 1 SAte 00 r12,3) 280-1711 saW tar-0507 EnoM.nEa Nunin LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL PANEL LAYOUTS & CALCULATIONS FOR LIFT STATION #8 MO DM .AA mrt worm [B.,.. W4)461 6JI W. ROMA MAXIM, MB MIMED MI DRAW fro SIM /MOVE AMC esowis NU Ma 0. WLCOK 21 Or 2B 2' SCH. 80 PVC CONDUIT FOR FLOAT LEADS. SEAL 'RUTH DUCT SEAL AT EACH END. STRUCTURAL BEAM FUSED DISCONNECT ABOVE FIMSIED SURFACE FLEMBLE CABLE SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET NOTES: 1. ALL CONDUITS CONNECTED TO THE CONTROL PANEL. DISCONNECT SVJTCH AND POWER METER SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH ALLEN- BRADLEY 1490 -N SERIES ROVE HUBS OR ABS APPROVED EQUAL AFTER INSTALLING CONDUIT & RARE, PACK EACH CONDUIT NTH A Y THICKNESS OF DUCT SEAL TO MINIMIZE WATER INGRESS THROUGH CONDUITS DUNNG TIMES OF STORM SURGES. 2 USE 1318 SS UNISTRUT CHANNEL ./o HOLES OR SLOTS. 3. PROVIDE 4-POINT MINMUM MOUNTING SUPPORT TO UNISTRUT FOR ALL ENCLOSURES ALL MOUNTING BOLTS SHALL BE SS DO NOT BOLT ENCLOSURES TO POSTS. 4. UNISTRUT ARRANGEMENT MAY BE VARIED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMEMOA0ONS FOR SECURE INSTALLATI N. S PROVIDE PVC BEEVES FOR ALL METALLIC CONDUITS PENETRATING CONCRETE LAB. REFER TO CONDUIT /CABLE HANGER DETAL ON IECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MOUNT TRANSDUCER CABLE PER SUPPOERS STANDARDS. UGUIDTIGHT HUB RAM STRAIN RELIEF FITTING (THOMAS & BETTS RANGER SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL) STRAP REUSE DROP GRIP (HUBBELL OR APPROVED EQUAL) FLOATS (TOP.) TO + MOTOR (TIP.) WET WELL FRONT VFW T SCH. 80 PVC CONDUIT FOR EACH PUMP. SEAL WTI DUCT SEAL AT EACH END. PANEL TO CONTROL" µ BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR R. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONDUITS ABOVE GRADE SHAU. BE GALVANIZED RIND STEEL CONDUIT. 7. GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT EXTENDING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE CONDUIT GALVNAZED RIGID STEEL FIRST 90 DECREE ELBOW (OREQUIVALENT SET OF I THE FITTINGS) INSTALLED BELOW GRADE 8. AN ASPHALT -BASED COATING SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLED BELOW GRADE AND TO A HEIGHT OF 8 INCHES ABOVE FINSHED GRADE OR ABOVE THE TOP OF FINISHED LABS 9. EACH CONDUIT EXTENDING FROM THE WET WELL TO JUNCTION BOX .B SHALL BE SEALED AT EACH END NTH DUCT SEAL. 10. THE ANTENNA CABLE SHALL BE REPLACED. COORDINATE TATH THE SUPPLER OF THE TCU AND ANTENNA SUPPLIER (DES} Y SKIED. BO PVC CONDUIT FOR PUMP POWER AND SENSING CABLES. ROUTE BELOW CONCRETE LAB AS SHORN. PROVIDE DUCT SEAL IN CONDUITS MET WILL WALL 1/8' DIA STAINLESS STEEL NYLON COATED TARE ROPE AND WEIGHT FOR FLOAT CABLES CONDUIT/CABLE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 5 BOND GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO UGHTING FIXTURE /4 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR e%////7 STRUCTURAL BEAM TYP OF 3 METER MDT /e' • 1 ESS ) _a r1 1 5 5/ STAN 5/8 STEEL UNISTRUT FOR MOUNTING ENCLOSURES UNISTRUT SHALL BE SECURED ./ I/2' BATS THROUGH CONCRETE POSTS. USE 318 SS BOLTS. NUTS & WASHERS CONTINUE TO TEXT SUPPORT COLUMN ro FROM POTHER CONTROL CpPANY XFTNR. (REROUTED) TRANSTN TO PVC CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. SEE NOTE 7. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING DETAIL RECORD DRAG NGS Imam we MEAD IT �W- REwSION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®CALL ATE SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF MOWN (B OWE 162, OCANIE II GROUNDING D.ECTROCE CONDUCTOR: #4 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR 1 PACK VIEW \ TRANSITION TO PVC CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. SEE NOTE 7. EXISTING #1 /O BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR I -p U EXOTHERMIC MIN. WELD ( ) 0 0 B-/12 & 1 -02 CND. (INTRINSICALLY SAFE WRING) `SERVICE CND. SYSTEM - NN. (2) 5/8' DIA A \ COPPER CLAD GNP. RODS. MIN. 8' -Ir MART. MN. 10 -0' LENGTH STEEL PIPING (AT. CH / GROUNDING CLAMPS) k GRGMdNG ELECTRODE AT THE BOTTOM OF CONCRETE SLAB (ATTACH ./ EXOTHERMIC WELD). TO CONTROL PANEL - (TCU) MOTOR CONDUCTORS REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE. ELECTRICAL CONSLTIMG DESIGN INC. Flt 21:01.1, P 2,94070 4-812 EXISTING ANTENNA k FOUNDATION ROUTE SERVICE BOND TO EXISTING ANTENNA GROUND (EXOTHERMIC) NOTES: COVER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2 BOND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO ENCLOSURE BACK PANEL ALL CONDUCTORS AND ASSOCATFD TERMINALS THAT ARE PART OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH PERMANENTLY AFFIXED LABELS READING 'NTRNSC SAFETY WIRING". 4. LIGHT BLUE COLORED WRING INSULATION SHALL BE RESERVED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE WINING. S NTNNSCALLY SAFE TARING AND TERMINALS SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM OTHER (WRING BY NOT LESS THAN 2'. a SUBIERSBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCER CABLE CONTINUOUS TO TCU. 7 T T PUMP i2 TO PUMP TO FLOAT SNTCHES FS -FS4 JUNCTION BOX DETAIL TO TRANSDUCER ISSUED FOR BID /0 /26 /2016 AECOM MOO NW Caw., 50008 HM.n.AN Pk R1 TI'N'us -TAlli Fmc & 2B9-9W iE1HVV1Mdee tipY,rmp MnLr. OOODD2 LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR LIFT STATION #8 62211■1•121 211 00,11.6 N/A 13-0GY -1R 216X 2216/6 MT OF CON Atl¢ SEE ADM W. N OLA 602111. MKT 121: D WOOD I 26 OF 26 MON. PM 5 @8� SCHEDULE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT & COMPONENTS MARK DESCRIPTION BALKS: MANUEACIIRELLMODEL REMARKS MASK DESCRIPTOR RAMS MANUFACTURER /MODFI REMARKS AN ALARM HORN 120 VAC FEDERAL SIGNAL 35011B NB NEUTRAL BLOCK N.SCO _ NB- 350- 12 -W/R18 w/ INSULATED PHENOLIC BASE A. ALARM UGIT 120 VAC FEDERAL SIGNAL 131DST 0.1. OL2 OVERLOAD RELAY - -- REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE - -- ANT RADIO ANTENNA & TOWER (DOSING) TCU PUMP CONTROL UNIT/ TAC PACK 120 VAC DATA FLOW SYSTEMS PGU 001 (EXISTING) w/ BACK PACK RADIO BPR -001, COSTING MOUNT IN NEW PANEL ARL AREA LIGHT 120 VAC, 159W LED PIMPS PTF -• MAIDI PALE (BRACKET) AT ECF- 5- 160LA- 491A -NR (FIXTURE) MOUNT ON 25' -0' TYPE II CONCRETE LIGHT POLE. ACCORD INDUSTRIES 610- 0241 -07. PPH COAXAL PROTECTOR POLYPHASER I5- 050LU -CI AS ALARM SILENCE PUSH BUTTON 120 VAC 5ouARE D SKRIUHI3 BAT 8A0OUP BATTERY 7.0 AN YUASA NP7 -12 RES TERMINALS 600 VAC, 30A SQUARE D (TM PROVIDE MOUNTING TRACK AND ACCESSORIES 0131 MAN CIRCUIT BREAKER - -- REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE - -- MECHANICALLY INTERLOCK w/ CB2 R3. R4 CONTROL RELAY 24 VAC SQUARE D KU13V14 SPOT. 10A CONTACTS PROVIDE SOCKET CB2 EMERGENCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER - -- REFERENCE HORSEPOYER TABLE - -- MECHANICALLY INTERLOCK w/ WI RA. CONTROL RELAY 120 VAC SQUARE D KU13V20 SPOT, l0A CONTACTS. PROVIDE SOCKET CB3, C84,(C135) PUMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS - -- REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE - -- SPIT SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 277/480 VAC, 36, 4R ADVANCED PROTECTION TECHNOLOGIES CBS (CBS) RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT BREAKER IP, 10A SOUAE D QOU110 PROVIDE 8-POLE JUMPER BAR ASSEMBLY c/w BASE. COVER & 51 AREA UGIT STITCH 120 VAC CARLRC SNITCH 25A54 -73 MAINTAINED CEO (C137) PANEL LIGHT CRCAT BREAKER IP, 15A SQUARE D 000115 SCREW FOR MOUNTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS 135 - CB9. TBI TERMINALS 600 VAC. 85A SQUARE D GCB PROVIDE MOUNTING TRACK AND ACCESSORIES C87 (CBS) CONTROLS CIRCUIT BREAKER IP, 15A SQUARE D GOUT'S SQUARE D Q0U18150BAF. PROVIDE FINGER SAFE COVER CBS (WO) SPARE ORCUIT BREAKER IP, 15A SQUARE 0 0011115 FOR SPARE SLOT. T82. 783 TERMINALS 800 VAC. 30A SQUARE D GMAT PROVIDE MOUNTING TRACK AND ACCESSORIES RFS TRANSIENT FILTER SHIELD DATA FLOW SYSTEMS 1E3001 C39 (0810) PC11 CIRCUIT BREAKER IP, 10A SQUARE D 000110 TI CONTROL TRANSFORMER 240 PR/120 SEC VAC, 10. j KVA SQUARE D 1300001 FF CONTROL PANEL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 120 VAC, 8W PRESCO UIE UCSI2- I -OB-PH- 120 -WSW w/ NTEGRAL STITCH. PROVIDE FBT5 /CW LAMP & BRACKET TO MOUNT FIXTURE TO BACK PANEL TO LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 120/24 VAC, 10, 100 VA SQUARE D 01001123 w/ INTEGRAL FUSE BLOCK FM - ISO MERCURY FREE FLOAT SNITCH 120 VAC, 3A, SPOT CUSTOM STITCH LC- 1944 -2 R, F2 TRANSFORMER 11 PRIMARY FUSES 600 VAG 10A OTIFLFUSE K10610 MOUNT FUSES IN UTTELFUSE L80030C -3C 3P, FUSE BLOCK F3 1RARSEQWER 12 SECONDARY FUSE 800 VAG 30A OTTE1FUSE KLUM30 TRANSDUCER BREATHER CONTEGRA • EXISTING, MOUNT N NEW PANEL F4 TRANSFORMER T2 PRIMARY FUSE GOO VAC, IA UTTDLFUSE KURT MOUNT ON TRANSFORMER FUSE BLOCK TRANSDUCER CONTEGRA EXISTING F5 TRANSFORMER 12 SECONDARY FUSE 600 VAC, 50 UTTEMUSE KLDRS MOUNT ON TRANSFORMER FUSE BLOCK GB GROUND BLOCK WSW NB- 350-12 GE GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLE 125 VAC, 20A, LEVITON 6899 -I PROVIDE ALUMINUM BACK BOX & CONFLATE CR EMERGENCY GENERATOR RECEPTACLE 480 VAG 200A, 314, AR RUSSELLSTOLL F73144• WIRED FOR SINGE PHASE OPERATION NCB IRRIGATOR CONTROL BOX 6' • 4' • 4` NEMA 4X. SS HOFFMAN A- BOMCKNFSS 190 -1 - 19R -4 INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAY 24 VAC DIVERSIFIED ELECTRONICS, INC 124-MN .B JUNCTION BOX 20' x IX' • 8' RENA 4X, 55 HOFFMAN A- 20N1608SSLP (ENCLOSURE) A A- 20PIB55B (BACK PANEL) LA U(NTNNG ARRESTER 650 VAG 34 SQUARE 0 SDSV 3650 COORDINATE w/ POWER COMPANY MD1 MAN FUSED --- -- REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE - -- PROVIDE UTTELFUSE LLSPoK DISCONNECT STITCH FUSES PER HORSEPOWER TABLE. IE CONTROL PANEL 42" x 36` x 12' MM. SIZE PER COMPONENTS MP STAINLESS STEEL BACK PANE. 39' x 33' MN. SIZE PER COMPONENTS MST. M52 MOTOR STARTERS - -- REFERENCE HORSEPOWER TABLE - -- • ITEM 50 NOTED SHALL BE PROVIDED AS ALLEN- BRADLEY. EQUIVALENT COMPONENTS OR MATERIALS BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. RECORD DRAWINGS MOO 611 II.1■760 .71 REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE CALL STATE ONE 7..60.1489 4>m 101.1 001.41111[ ELECTRICAL CONBU.TINI MOON INC. �RX.l•e•ow AR` mwbws uv« wm ri I� 11. PE W1LLNM 3a46o AR P OMA _,_,_ &e ` 0.. ;44;x:04 -., NalNltl S. %y 102616 )CO 28 /SSUED FOR BID /0/26/2016 AECOM OW6 C• EK,5 Omp.•■ *RI 00 7 :2. 110163 3MW Rc K813) 268 -1711 706 813 ]BB -6867 flwlb BxAw«Yw N•rOr. LIFT STATION #7 & #8 IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES FOR UFT STATION #7 & #8 -WM IllY•129 [12 IL MOW N/A arc OF OW -MOM= MI6 166 m ¢ 30076 660117464 w. RIIgA D. AQUA MCI 1103 26 OF 26